1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 46 #include <algorithm> 47 #include <cstring> 48 #include <functional> 49 using namespace clang; 50 using namespace sema; 51 52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 53 if (OwnedType) { 54 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 56 } 57 58 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 59 } 60 61 namespace { 62 63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 64 public: 65 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 66 bool AllowTemplates=false) 67 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 68 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 69 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 70 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 71 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 72 } 73 74 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 75 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 76 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 77 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 78 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 79 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 80 } 81 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 82 } 83 84 private: 85 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 86 bool WantClassName; 87 bool AllowClassTemplates; 88 }; 89 90 } 91 92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 94 switch (Kind) { 95 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 96 // token kind is a valid type specifier 97 case tok::kw_short: 98 case tok::kw_long: 99 case tok::kw___int64: 100 case tok::kw___int128: 101 case tok::kw_signed: 102 case tok::kw_unsigned: 103 case tok::kw_void: 104 case tok::kw_char: 105 case tok::kw_int: 106 case tok::kw_half: 107 case tok::kw_float: 108 case tok::kw_double: 109 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 110 case tok::kw_bool: 111 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 112 return true; 113 114 case tok::annot_typename: 115 case tok::kw_char16_t: 116 case tok::kw_char32_t: 117 case tok::kw_typeof: 118 case tok::annot_decltype: 119 case tok::kw_decltype: 120 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 121 122 default: 123 break; 124 } 125 126 return false; 127 } 128 129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 130 /// return the declaration of that type. 131 /// 132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 138 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 139 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 140 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 141 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 142 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 143 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 144 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 145 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 146 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 147 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 148 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 149 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 150 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 151 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 152 153 if (!LookupCtx) { 154 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 155 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 156 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 157 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 158 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 159 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 160 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 161 // 162 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 163 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 164 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 165 return ParsedType(); 166 167 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 168 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 169 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 170 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 171 172 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 173 QualType T = 174 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 175 II, NameLoc); 176 177 return ParsedType::make(T); 178 } 179 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 184 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 185 return ParsedType(); 186 } 187 188 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 189 // lookup for class-names. 190 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 191 LookupOrdinaryName; 192 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 193 if (LookupCtx) { 194 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 195 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 196 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 197 // nested-name-specifier. 198 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 199 200 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 201 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 202 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 203 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 204 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 205 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 206 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 207 LookupName(Result, S); 208 } 209 } else { 210 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 211 LookupName(Result, S); 212 } 213 214 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 215 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 216 case LookupResult::NotFound: 217 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 218 if (CorrectedII) { 219 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 220 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 221 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 222 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 223 TemplateTy Template; 224 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 225 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 226 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 227 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 228 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 229 if (SS && NNS) { 230 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 231 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 232 } 233 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 234 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 235 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 236 // is handled elsewhere). 237 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 238 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 239 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 240 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 241 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 242 IsCtorOrDtorName, 243 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 244 if (Ty) { 245 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 246 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 247 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 248 if (SS && NNS) 249 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 250 *CorrectedII = NewII; 251 return Ty; 252 } 253 } 254 } 255 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 256 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 257 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 258 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 259 return ParsedType(); 260 261 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 262 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 263 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 264 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 265 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 266 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 267 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 268 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 269 return ParsedType(); 270 } 271 272 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 273 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 274 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 275 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 276 if (!IIDecl || 277 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 278 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 279 IIDecl = *Res; 280 } 281 } 282 283 if (!IIDecl) { 284 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 285 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 286 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 287 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 288 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 289 // a type name. 290 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 291 return ParsedType(); 292 } 293 294 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 295 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 296 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 297 // perform the name lookup again. 298 break; 299 300 case LookupResult::Found: 301 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 302 break; 303 } 304 305 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 306 307 QualType T; 308 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 309 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 310 311 if (T.isNull()) 312 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 313 314 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 315 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 316 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 317 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 318 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 319 // Construct a type with type-source information. 320 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 321 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 322 323 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 324 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 325 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 326 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 327 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 328 } else { 329 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 330 } 331 } 332 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 333 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 334 if (!HasTrailingDot) 335 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 336 } 337 338 if (T.isNull()) { 339 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 340 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 341 return ParsedType(); 342 } 343 return ParsedType::make(T); 344 } 345 346 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 347 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 348 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 349 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 350 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 351 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 352 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 353 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 354 LookupName(R, S, false); 355 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 356 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 357 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 358 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 359 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 360 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 361 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 362 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 363 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 364 } 365 } 366 367 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 368 } 369 370 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 371 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 372 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 373 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 374 /// @code 375 /// template<class T> class A { 376 /// public: 377 /// typedef int TYPE; 378 /// }; 379 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 380 /// public: 381 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 382 /// }; 383 /// @endcode 384 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 385 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 386 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 387 388 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 389 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 390 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 391 return true; 392 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 393 } 394 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 395 } 396 397 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 398 SourceLocation IILoc, 399 Scope *S, 400 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 401 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 402 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 403 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 404 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 405 406 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 407 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 408 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 409 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 410 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 411 Validator)) { 412 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 413 // We corrected to a keyword. 414 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 415 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 416 } else { 417 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 418 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 419 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 420 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 421 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 422 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 423 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 424 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 425 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 426 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 427 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 428 } else { 429 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 430 } 431 432 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 433 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 434 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 435 SourceRange(IILoc)); 436 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 437 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 438 false, ParsedType(), 439 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 440 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 441 } 442 return true; 443 } 444 445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 446 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 447 UnqualifiedId Name; 448 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 449 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 450 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 451 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 452 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 453 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 454 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 455 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 456 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 457 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 458 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 459 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 460 } 461 return true; 462 } 463 } 464 465 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 466 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 467 468 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 469 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 470 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 471 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 472 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 473 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 474 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 475 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 476 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 477 478 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 479 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 480 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 481 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 482 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 483 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 484 } else { 485 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 486 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 487 } 488 489 return true; 490 } 491 492 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 493 /// or 494 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 495 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 496 NextToken.is(tok::less); 497 498 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 499 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 500 return true; 501 502 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 503 return true; 504 } 505 506 return false; 507 } 508 509 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 510 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 511 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 512 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 513 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 514 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 515 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 516 const char *TagName = 0; 517 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 518 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 519 case TTK_Class: 520 TagName = "class"; 521 FixItTagName = "class "; 522 break; 523 524 case TTK_Enum: 525 TagName = "enum"; 526 FixItTagName = "enum "; 527 break; 528 529 case TTK_Struct: 530 TagName = "struct"; 531 FixItTagName = "struct "; 532 break; 533 534 case TTK_Interface: 535 TagName = "__interface"; 536 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 537 break; 538 539 case TTK_Union: 540 TagName = "union"; 541 FixItTagName = "union "; 542 break; 543 } 544 545 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 546 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 547 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 548 549 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 550 I != IEnd; ++I) 551 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 552 << Name << TagName; 553 554 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 555 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 556 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 557 return true; 558 } 559 560 return false; 561 } 562 563 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 564 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 565 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 566 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 567 568 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 569 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 570 571 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 572 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 573 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 574 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 575 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 576 } 577 578 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 579 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 580 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 581 SourceLocation NameLoc, 582 const Token &NextToken, 583 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 584 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 585 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 586 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 587 588 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 589 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 590 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 591 } 592 593 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 594 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 595 596 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 597 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 598 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 599 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 600 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 601 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 602 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 603 return E; 604 } 605 606 bool SecondTry = false; 607 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 608 609 Corrected: 610 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 611 case LookupResult::NotFound: 612 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 613 // call. 614 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 615 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 616 // FIXME: Reference? 617 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 618 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 619 620 // C90 6.3.2.2: 621 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 622 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 623 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 624 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 625 // the function call, the declaration 626 // 627 // extern int identifier (); 628 // 629 // appeared. 630 // 631 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 632 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 633 Result.addDecl(D); 634 Result.resolveKind(); 635 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 636 } 637 } 638 639 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 640 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 641 // "struct", or "union". 642 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 643 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 644 break; 645 } 646 647 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 648 // close to this name. 649 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 650 SecondTry = true; 651 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 652 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 653 &SS, *CCC)) { 654 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 655 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 656 657 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 658 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 659 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 660 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 661 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 662 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 663 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 664 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 665 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 666 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 667 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 668 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 669 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 670 } 671 672 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 673 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 674 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 675 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 676 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 677 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 678 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 679 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 680 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 681 } 682 683 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 684 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 685 686 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 687 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 688 return Name; 689 690 // Also update the LookupResult... 691 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 692 Result.clear(); 693 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 694 if (FirstDecl) 695 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 696 697 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 698 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 699 // reference the ivar. 700 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 701 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 702 Result.clear(); 703 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 704 return E; 705 } 706 707 goto Corrected; 708 } 709 } 710 711 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 712 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 713 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 714 715 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 716 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 717 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 718 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 719 720 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 721 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 722 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 723 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 724 // qualified by the keyword typename. 725 // 726 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 727 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 728 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 729 // keyword here. 730 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 731 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 732 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 733 } 734 735 case LookupResult::Found: 736 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 737 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 738 break; 739 740 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 741 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 742 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 743 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 744 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 745 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 746 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 747 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 748 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 749 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 750 // ambiguous. 751 // 752 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 753 // so try again after filtering out template names. 754 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 755 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 756 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 757 break; 758 } 759 } 760 761 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 762 return NameClassification::Error(); 763 } 764 765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 766 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 767 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 768 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 769 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 770 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 771 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 772 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 773 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 774 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 775 776 if (!Result.empty()) { 777 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 778 bool IsVarTemplate; 779 TemplateName Template; 780 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 781 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 782 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 783 Result.end()); 784 } else { 785 TemplateDecl *TD 786 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 787 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 788 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 789 790 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 791 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 792 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 793 TD); 794 else 795 Template = TemplateName(TD); 796 } 797 798 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 799 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 800 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 801 // to based on which function we selected. 802 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 803 804 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 805 } 806 807 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 808 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 809 } 810 } 811 812 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 813 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 814 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 815 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 816 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 817 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 818 return ParsedType::make(T); 819 } 820 821 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 822 if (!Class) { 823 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 824 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 825 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 826 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 827 } 828 829 if (Class) { 830 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 831 832 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 833 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 834 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 835 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 836 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 837 } 838 839 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 840 return ParsedType::make(T); 841 } 842 843 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 844 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 845 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 846 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 847 848 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 849 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 850 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 851 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 852 (NextIsOp && 853 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 854 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 855 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 856 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 857 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 858 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 859 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 860 return ParsedType::make(T); 861 } 862 863 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 864 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 865 866 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 867 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 868 } 869 870 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 871 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 872 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 873 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 874 875 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 876 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 877 // the context we'll need to return to. 878 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 879 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 880 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 881 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 882 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 883 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 884 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 885 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 886 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 887 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 888 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 889 890 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 891 // lexical context. 892 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 893 return DC; 894 895 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 896 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 897 // class is the context we need to return to. 898 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 899 DC = RD; 900 901 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 902 // declared in. 903 return DC; 904 } 905 906 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 907 } 908 909 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 910 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 911 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 912 CurContext = DC; 913 S->setEntity(DC); 914 } 915 916 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 917 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 918 919 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 920 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 921 } 922 923 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 924 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 925 /// 926 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 927 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 928 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 929 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 930 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 931 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 932 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 933 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 934 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 935 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 936 // namespace. 937 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 938 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 939 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 940 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 941 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 942 943 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 944 945 #ifndef NDEBUG 946 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 947 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 948 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 949 #endif 950 951 CurContext = DC; 952 S->setEntity(DC); 953 } 954 955 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 956 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 957 958 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 959 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 960 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 961 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 962 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 963 964 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 965 // disappear. 966 } 967 968 969 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 970 // We assume that the caller has already called 971 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 972 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 973 if (!FD) 974 return; 975 976 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 977 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 978 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 979 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 980 CurContext = FD; 981 S->setEntity(CurContext); 982 983 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 984 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 985 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 986 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 987 S->AddDecl(Param); 988 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 989 } 990 } 991 } 992 993 994 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 995 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 996 // rather than the top-level class. 997 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 998 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 999 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1000 } 1001 1002 1003 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1004 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1005 /// 1006 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1007 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1008 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1009 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1010 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1011 /// attribute. 1012 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1013 ASTContext &Context) { 1014 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1015 return true; 1016 1017 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1018 return true; 1019 1020 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1021 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1022 } 1023 1024 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1025 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1026 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1027 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1028 // scope. 1029 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1030 S = S->getParent(); 1031 1032 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1033 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1034 // into any context. 1035 if (AddToContext) 1036 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1037 1038 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1039 // are function-local declarations. 1040 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1041 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1042 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1043 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1044 return; 1045 1046 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1047 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1048 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1049 return; 1050 1051 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1052 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1053 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1054 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1055 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1056 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1057 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1058 1059 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1060 break; 1061 } 1062 } 1063 1064 S->AddDecl(D); 1065 1066 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1067 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1068 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1069 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1070 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1071 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1072 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1073 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1074 continue; 1075 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1076 break; 1077 } 1078 1079 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1080 } else { 1081 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1082 } 1083 } 1084 1085 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1086 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1087 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1088 } 1089 1090 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1091 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1092 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1093 } 1094 1095 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1096 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1097 do { 1098 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1099 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1100 return S; 1101 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1102 1103 return 0; 1104 } 1105 1106 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1107 DeclContext*, 1108 ASTContext&); 1109 1110 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1111 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1112 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1113 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1114 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1115 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1116 while (F.hasNext()) { 1117 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1118 1119 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1120 continue; 1121 1122 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1123 continue; 1124 1125 F.erase(); 1126 } 1127 1128 F.done(); 1129 } 1130 1131 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1132 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1133 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1134 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1135 } 1136 1137 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1138 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1139 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1140 while (F.hasNext()) 1141 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1142 F.erase(); 1143 1144 F.done(); 1145 } 1146 1147 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1148 /// @code 1149 /// class S { 1150 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1151 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1152 /// }; 1153 /// @endcode 1154 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1155 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1156 // the decl here. 1157 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1158 return false; 1159 1160 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1161 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1162 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1163 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1164 return false; 1165 } 1166 1167 // We need this to handle 1168 // 1169 // typedef struct { 1170 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1171 // } A; 1172 // 1173 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1174 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1175 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1176 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1177 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1178 // not. 1179 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1180 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1181 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1182 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1183 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1184 return true; 1185 } 1186 DC = DC->getParent(); 1187 } 1188 1189 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1190 } 1191 1192 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1193 // these semantics. 1194 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1195 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1196 return false; 1197 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1198 } 1199 1200 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1201 assert(D); 1202 1203 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1204 return false; 1205 1206 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1207 // of members of class templates. 1208 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1209 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1210 return false; 1211 1212 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1213 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1214 return false; 1215 1216 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1217 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1218 return false; 1219 } else { 1220 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1221 if (FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1222 !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1223 return false; 1224 } 1225 1226 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1227 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1228 return false; 1229 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1230 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1231 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1232 // like "inline".) 1233 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1234 return false; 1235 1236 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1237 return false; 1238 1239 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1240 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1241 return false; 1242 } else { 1243 return false; 1244 } 1245 1246 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1247 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1248 } 1249 1250 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1251 if (!D) 1252 return; 1253 1254 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1255 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1256 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1257 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1258 } 1259 1260 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1261 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1262 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1263 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1264 } 1265 1266 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1267 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1268 } 1269 1270 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1271 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1272 return false; 1273 1274 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1275 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 1278 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1279 return true; 1280 1281 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1282 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1283 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1284 return false; 1285 1286 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1287 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1288 1289 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1290 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1291 1292 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1293 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1294 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1295 return false; 1296 } 1297 1298 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1299 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1300 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1301 return false; 1302 1303 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1304 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1305 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1306 return false; 1307 1308 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1309 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1310 return false; 1311 1312 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1313 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1314 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1315 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1316 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1317 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1318 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1319 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1320 return false; 1321 } 1322 } 1323 } 1324 } 1325 1326 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1327 } 1328 1329 return true; 1330 } 1331 1332 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1333 FixItHint &Hint) { 1334 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1335 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1336 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1337 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1338 return; 1339 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1340 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1341 } 1342 return; 1343 } 1344 1345 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1346 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1347 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1348 FixItHint Hint; 1349 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1350 return; 1351 1352 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1353 1354 unsigned DiagID; 1355 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1356 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1357 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1358 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1359 else 1360 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1361 1362 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1363 } 1364 1365 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1366 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1367 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1368 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1369 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1370 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1371 } 1372 1373 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1374 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1375 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1376 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1377 1378 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1379 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1380 1381 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1382 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1383 1384 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1385 1386 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1387 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1388 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1389 1390 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1391 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1392 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1393 1394 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1395 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1396 } 1397 } 1398 1399 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1400 /// 1401 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1402 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1403 /// to the fixed name. 1404 /// 1405 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1406 /// 1407 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1408 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1409 /// 1410 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1411 /// class could not be found. 1412 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1413 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1414 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1415 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1416 // creation from this context. 1417 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1418 1419 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1420 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1421 // find an Objective-C class name. 1422 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1423 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1424 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1425 Validator)) { 1426 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1427 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1428 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1429 } 1430 } 1431 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1432 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1433 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1434 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1435 return Def; 1436 } 1437 1438 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1439 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1440 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1441 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1442 /// ill-formed in C++: 1443 /// @code 1444 /// struct S6 { 1445 /// enum { BAR } e; 1446 /// }; 1447 /// 1448 /// void test_S6() { 1449 /// struct S6 a; 1450 /// a.e = BAR; 1451 /// } 1452 /// @endcode 1453 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1454 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1455 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1456 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1457 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1458 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1459 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1460 /// contain non-field names. 1461 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1462 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1463 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1464 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1465 S = S->getParent(); 1466 return S; 1467 } 1468 1469 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1470 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1471 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1472 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1473 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1474 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1475 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1476 return; 1477 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1478 1479 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1480 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1481 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1482 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1483 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1484 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1485 } 1486 1487 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1488 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1489 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1490 /// built-in. 1491 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1492 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1493 SourceLocation Loc) { 1494 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1495 1496 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1497 1498 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1499 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1500 switch (Error) { 1501 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1502 // Okay 1503 break; 1504 1505 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1506 if (ForRedeclaration) 1507 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1508 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1509 return 0; 1510 1511 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1512 if (ForRedeclaration) 1513 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1514 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1515 return 0; 1516 1517 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1518 if (ForRedeclaration) 1519 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1520 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1521 return 0; 1522 } 1523 1524 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1525 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1526 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1527 << R; 1528 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1529 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1530 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1531 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1532 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1533 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1534 } 1535 1536 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1538 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1539 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1540 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1541 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1542 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1543 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1544 } 1545 1546 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1547 Parent, 1548 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1549 SC_Extern, 1550 false, 1551 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1552 New->setImplicit(); 1553 1554 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1555 // FunctionDecl. 1556 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1557 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1558 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1559 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1560 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1561 0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0); 1562 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1563 Params.push_back(parm); 1564 } 1565 New->setParams(Params); 1566 } 1567 1568 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1569 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1570 1571 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1572 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1573 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1574 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1575 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1576 CurContext = Parent; 1577 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1578 CurContext = SavedContext; 1579 return New; 1580 } 1581 1582 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1583 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1584 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1585 /// entity. 1586 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1587 NamedDecl *decl, 1588 LookupResult &previous){ 1589 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1590 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1591 return; 1592 1593 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1594 if (previous.empty()) 1595 return; 1596 1597 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1598 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1599 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1600 1601 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1602 if (!old->isHidden()) 1603 continue; 1604 1605 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1606 filter.erase(); 1607 } 1608 1609 filter.done(); 1610 } 1611 1612 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1613 QualType OldType; 1614 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1615 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1616 else 1617 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1618 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1619 1620 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1621 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1622 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1623 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1624 << Kind << NewType; 1625 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1626 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1627 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1628 return true; 1629 } 1630 1631 if (OldType != NewType && 1632 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1633 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1634 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1635 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1636 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1637 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1638 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1639 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1640 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1641 return true; 1642 } 1643 return false; 1644 } 1645 1646 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1647 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1648 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1649 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1650 /// 1651 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1652 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1653 // merging checks. 1654 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1655 1656 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1657 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1658 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1659 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1660 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1661 default: break; 1662 case 2: 1663 { 1664 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1665 break; 1666 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1667 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1668 break; 1669 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1670 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1671 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1672 break; 1673 } 1674 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1675 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1676 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1677 return; 1678 } 1679 case 5: 1680 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1681 break; 1682 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1683 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1684 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1685 return; 1686 case 3: 1687 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1688 break; 1689 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1690 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1691 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1692 return; 1693 } 1694 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1695 } 1696 1697 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1698 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1699 if (!Old) { 1700 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1701 << New->getDeclName(); 1702 1703 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1704 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1705 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1706 1707 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1708 } 1709 1710 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1711 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1712 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1713 1714 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1715 // with any extensions enabled. 1716 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1717 return; 1718 1719 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1720 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1721 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1722 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1723 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1724 } 1725 1726 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1727 return; 1728 1729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1730 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1731 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1732 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1733 // to the type to which it already refers. 1734 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1735 return; 1736 1737 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1738 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1739 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1740 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1741 // 1742 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1743 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1744 // 1745 // struct S { 1746 // typedef struct A { } A; 1747 // }; 1748 // 1749 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1750 // allow the above but disallow 1751 // 1752 // struct S { 1753 // typedef int I; 1754 // typedef int I; 1755 // }; 1756 // 1757 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1758 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1759 return; 1760 1761 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1762 << New->getDeclName(); 1763 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1764 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1765 } 1766 1767 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1768 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1769 return; 1770 1771 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1772 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1773 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1774 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1775 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1776 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1777 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1778 return; 1779 1780 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1781 << New->getDeclName(); 1782 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1783 return; 1784 } 1785 1786 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1787 /// attribute. 1788 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1789 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1790 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1791 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1792 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1793 if (Ann) { 1794 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1795 return true; 1796 continue; 1797 } 1798 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1799 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1800 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1801 return true; 1802 } 1803 1804 return false; 1805 } 1806 1807 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1808 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1809 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1810 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1811 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1812 return true; 1813 } 1814 1815 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1816 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1817 /// 1818 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1819 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1820 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1821 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1822 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1823 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1824 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1825 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1826 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1827 // in a case like: 1828 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1829 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1830 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1831 // definition in such a case. 1832 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1833 return false; 1834 1835 if (I->isAlignas()) 1836 OldAlignasAttr = I; 1837 1838 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1839 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1840 OldAlign = Align; 1841 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 1842 } 1843 } 1844 1845 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1846 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1847 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1848 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1849 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1850 return false; 1851 1852 if (I->isAlignas()) 1853 NewAlignasAttr = I; 1854 1855 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1856 if (Align > NewAlign) 1857 NewAlign = Align; 1858 } 1859 1860 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1861 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1862 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1863 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1864 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1865 1866 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1867 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1868 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1869 QualType Ty; 1870 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1871 Ty = VD->getType(); 1872 else 1873 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1874 1875 if (OldAlign == 0) 1876 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1877 if (NewAlign == 0) 1878 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1879 } 1880 1881 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1882 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1883 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1884 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1885 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1886 } 1887 } 1888 1889 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1890 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1891 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1892 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1893 // equivalent alignment. 1894 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1895 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1896 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1897 // have no alignment specifier. 1898 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1899 << OldAlignasAttr; 1900 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1901 << OldAlignasAttr; 1902 } 1903 1904 bool AnyAdded = false; 1905 1906 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1907 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1908 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1909 Clone->setInherited(true); 1910 New->addAttr(Clone); 1911 AnyAdded = true; 1912 } 1913 1914 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1915 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1916 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1917 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1918 Clone->setInherited(true); 1919 New->addAttr(Clone); 1920 AnyAdded = true; 1921 } 1922 1923 return AnyAdded; 1924 } 1925 1926 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1927 bool Override) { 1928 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1929 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1930 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1931 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1932 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1933 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1934 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1935 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1936 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1937 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1938 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1939 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1940 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1941 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1942 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1943 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1944 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1945 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1946 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1947 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1948 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1949 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1950 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1951 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1952 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1953 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1954 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1955 else if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 1956 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 1957 AttrSpellingListIndex, 1958 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 1959 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1960 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1961 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1962 NewAttr = 0; 1963 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1964 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 1965 1966 if (NewAttr) { 1967 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1968 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1969 return true; 1970 } 1971 1972 return false; 1973 } 1974 1975 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1976 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1977 return TD->getDefinition(); 1978 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1979 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 1980 if (Def) 1981 return Def; 1982 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 1983 } 1984 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1985 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1986 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 1987 return Def; 1988 } 1989 return NULL; 1990 } 1991 1992 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1993 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 1994 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1995 return true; 1996 return false; 1997 } 1998 1999 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2000 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2001 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2002 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2003 return; 2004 2005 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2006 if (!Def || Def == New) 2007 return; 2008 2009 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2010 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2011 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2012 2013 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2014 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2015 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2016 else { 2017 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2018 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2019 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2020 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2021 : diag::err_redefinition; 2022 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2023 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2024 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2025 } 2026 ++I; 2027 continue; 2028 } 2029 2030 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2031 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2032 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2033 ++I; 2034 continue; 2035 } 2036 } 2037 2038 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2039 ++I; 2040 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2041 } 2042 2043 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2044 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2045 ++I; 2046 continue; 2047 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2048 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2049 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2050 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2051 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2052 // equivalent alignment. 2053 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2054 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2055 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2056 // have no alignment specifier. 2057 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2058 << AA; 2059 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2060 << AA; 2061 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2062 --E; 2063 continue; 2064 } 2065 } 2066 2067 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2068 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2069 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2070 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2071 --E; 2072 } 2073 } 2074 2075 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2076 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2077 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2078 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2079 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2080 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2081 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2082 } 2083 2084 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2085 return; 2086 2087 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2088 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2089 2090 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2091 return; 2092 2093 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2094 2095 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2096 // we process them. 2097 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2098 2099 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2100 bool Override = false; 2101 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2102 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2103 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2104 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2105 switch (AMK) { 2106 case AMK_None: 2107 continue; 2108 2109 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2110 break; 2111 2112 case AMK_Override: 2113 Override = true; 2114 break; 2115 } 2116 } 2117 2118 // Already handled. 2119 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2120 continue; 2121 2122 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2123 foundAny = true; 2124 } 2125 2126 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2127 foundAny = true; 2128 2129 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2130 } 2131 2132 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2133 /// to the new one. 2134 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2135 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2136 Sema &S) { 2137 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2138 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2139 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2140 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2141 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2142 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2143 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2144 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2145 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2146 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2147 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2148 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2149 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2150 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2151 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2152 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2153 } 2154 2155 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2156 return; 2157 2158 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2159 2160 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2161 // done before we process them. 2162 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2163 2164 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2165 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2166 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2167 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2168 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2169 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2170 foundAny = true; 2171 } 2172 } 2173 2174 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2175 } 2176 2177 namespace { 2178 2179 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2180 /// C. 2181 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2182 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2183 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2184 QualType PromotedType; 2185 }; 2186 2187 } 2188 2189 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2190 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2191 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2192 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2193 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2194 2195 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2196 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2197 2198 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2199 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2200 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2201 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2202 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2203 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2204 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2205 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2206 } 2207 2208 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2209 } 2210 2211 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2212 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2213 /// GNU89 mode. 2214 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2215 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2216 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2217 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2218 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2219 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2220 } 2221 2222 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2223 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2224 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2225 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2226 return AT; 2227 } 2228 2229 template <typename T> 2230 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2231 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2232 if (DC->isRecord()) 2233 return false; 2234 2235 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2236 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2237 return true; 2238 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2239 return true; 2240 return false; 2241 } 2242 2243 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2244 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2245 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2246 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2247 /// 2248 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2249 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2250 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2251 /// merged with. 2252 /// 2253 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2254 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2255 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2256 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2257 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2258 if (!Old) { 2259 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2260 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2261 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2262 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2263 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2264 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2265 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2266 return true; 2267 } 2268 2269 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2270 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2271 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2272 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2273 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2274 2275 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2276 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2277 if (Old && 2278 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2279 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2280 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2281 Old = 0; 2282 2283 if (!Old) { 2284 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2285 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2286 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2287 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2288 return true; 2289 } 2290 OldD = Old; 2291 } else { 2292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2293 << New->getDeclName(); 2294 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2295 return true; 2296 } 2297 } 2298 2299 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2300 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2301 return true; 2302 2303 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2304 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2305 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2306 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2307 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2308 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2309 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2310 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2311 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2312 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2313 } else 2314 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2315 2316 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2317 // is an extern inline function. 2318 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2319 // storage classes. 2320 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2321 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2322 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2323 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2324 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2325 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2326 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2327 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2328 } else { 2329 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2330 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2331 return true; 2332 } 2333 } 2334 2335 2336 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2337 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2338 // convention of the first. 2339 // 2340 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2341 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2342 // 2343 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2344 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2345 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2346 // 2347 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2348 // other tests to run. 2349 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2350 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2351 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2352 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2353 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2354 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2355 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2356 2357 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2358 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2359 const FunctionType *FT = 2360 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2361 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2362 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2363 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2364 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2365 // there but not here. 2366 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2367 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2368 } else { 2369 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2370 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2371 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2372 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2373 << !FirstCCExplicit 2374 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2375 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2376 2377 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2378 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2379 return true; 2380 } 2381 } 2382 2383 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2384 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2385 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2386 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2387 } 2388 2389 // Merge regparm attribute. 2390 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2391 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2392 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2393 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2394 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2395 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2396 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2397 return true; 2398 } 2399 2400 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2401 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2405 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2406 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2407 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2408 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2409 return true; 2410 } 2411 2412 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2413 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2414 } 2415 2416 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2417 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2418 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2419 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2420 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2421 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2422 } 2423 2424 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2425 // UndefinedButUsed. 2426 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2427 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2428 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2429 Old->isUsed(false) && 2430 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2431 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2432 SourceLocation())); 2433 2434 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2435 // about it. 2436 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2437 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2438 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2439 } 2440 2441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2442 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2443 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2444 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2445 // cannot be overloaded. 2446 2447 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2448 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2449 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2450 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2451 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2452 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2453 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2454 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2455 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2456 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2457 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2458 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2459 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2460 QualType ResQT; 2461 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2462 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2463 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2464 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2465 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2466 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2467 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2468 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2469 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2470 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2471 else 2472 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2473 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2474 return true; 2475 } 2476 else 2477 NewQType = ResQT; 2478 } 2479 2480 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2481 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2482 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2483 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2484 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2485 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2486 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2487 New->setType( 2488 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2489 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2490 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2491 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2492 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2493 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2494 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2495 } 2496 } 2497 2498 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2499 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2500 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2501 // Preserve triviality. 2502 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2503 2504 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2505 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2506 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2507 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2508 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2509 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2510 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2511 2512 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2513 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2514 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2515 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2516 // is a static member function declaration. 2517 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2518 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2519 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2520 return true; 2521 } 2522 2523 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2524 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2525 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2526 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2527 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2528 unsigned NewDiag; 2529 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2530 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2531 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2532 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2533 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2534 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2535 else 2536 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2537 2538 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2539 } else { 2540 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2541 << New << New->getType(); 2542 } 2543 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2544 2545 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2546 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2547 // 2548 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2549 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2550 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2551 if (isFriend) { 2552 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2553 } else { 2554 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2555 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2556 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2557 return true; 2558 } 2559 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2560 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2561 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2562 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2563 return true; 2564 } 2565 } 2566 2567 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2568 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2569 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2570 // attribute. 2571 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2572 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2573 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2574 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2575 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2576 } 2577 2578 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2579 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2580 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2581 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2582 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2583 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2584 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2585 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2586 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2587 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2588 } 2589 2590 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2591 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2592 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2593 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2594 2595 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2596 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2597 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2598 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2599 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2600 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2601 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2602 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2603 } 2604 2605 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2606 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2607 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2608 // 2609 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2610 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2611 // linkage within class scope. 2612 // 2613 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2614 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2615 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2616 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2617 } else { 2618 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2619 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2620 return true; 2621 } 2622 } 2623 2624 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2625 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2626 2627 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2628 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2629 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2630 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2631 // when we instantiate the function. 2632 return false; 2633 } 2634 2635 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2636 } 2637 2638 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2639 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2640 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2641 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2642 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2643 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2644 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2645 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2646 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2647 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2648 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2649 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2650 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2651 NewQType = 2652 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2653 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2654 New->setType(NewQType); 2655 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2656 2657 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2658 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2659 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2660 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2661 SourceLocation(), 0, ParamType, 2662 /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0); 2663 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2664 Param->setImplicit(); 2665 Params.push_back(Param); 2666 } 2667 2668 New->setParams(Params); 2669 } 2670 2671 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2672 } 2673 2674 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2675 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2676 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2677 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2678 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2679 // the prototype. 2680 // 2681 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2682 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2683 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2684 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2685 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2686 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2687 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2688 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2689 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2690 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2691 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2692 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2693 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2694 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2695 2696 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2697 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2698 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2699 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2700 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2701 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2702 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2703 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2704 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2705 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2706 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2707 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2708 NewParm->getType(), 2709 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2710 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2711 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2712 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2713 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2714 } else 2715 LooseCompatible = false; 2716 } 2717 2718 if (LooseCompatible) { 2719 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2720 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2721 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2722 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2723 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2724 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2725 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2726 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2727 } 2728 2729 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2730 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2731 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2732 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2733 } 2734 2735 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2736 } 2737 2738 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2739 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2740 2741 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2742 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2743 unsigned BuiltinID; 2744 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2745 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2746 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2747 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2748 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2749 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2750 << Old << Old->getType(); 2751 2752 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2753 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2754 // 2755 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2756 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2757 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2758 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2759 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2760 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2761 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2762 2763 return false; 2764 } 2765 2766 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2767 } 2768 2769 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2770 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2771 return true; 2772 } 2773 2774 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2775 /// known to be compatible. 2776 /// 2777 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2778 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2779 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2780 /// redeclaration of Old. 2781 /// 2782 /// \returns false 2783 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2784 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2785 // Merge the attributes 2786 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2787 2788 // Merge "pure" flag. 2789 if (Old->isPure()) 2790 New->setPure(); 2791 2792 // Merge "used" flag. 2793 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2794 New->setIsUsed(); 2795 2796 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2797 // declarations. 2798 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2799 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2800 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2801 *this); 2802 2803 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2804 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2805 2806 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2807 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2808 // was visible. 2809 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2810 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2811 New->setType(Merged); 2812 2813 return false; 2814 } 2815 2816 2817 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2818 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2819 2820 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2821 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2822 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2823 : AMK_Override; 2824 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2825 2826 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2827 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2828 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2829 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2830 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2831 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2832 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2833 2834 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2835 } 2836 2837 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2838 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2839 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2840 /// 2841 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2842 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2843 /// is attached. 2844 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 2845 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2846 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2847 return; 2848 2849 QualType MergedT; 2850 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2851 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2852 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2853 return; 2854 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2855 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2856 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2857 } 2858 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2859 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2860 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2861 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2862 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2863 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2864 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2865 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2866 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2867 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2868 NewArray->getElementType())) 2869 MergedT = New->getType(); 2870 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2871 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2872 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2873 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2874 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2875 NewArray->getElementType())) 2876 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2877 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2878 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2879 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2880 Old->getType()); 2881 } 2882 } else { 2883 // C 6.2.7p2: 2884 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 2885 // compatible type. 2886 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2887 } 2888 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2889 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 2890 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 2891 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 2892 // equivalent. 2893 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 2894 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 2895 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2896 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 2897 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 2898 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 2899 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2900 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 2901 return; 2902 } 2903 2904 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 2905 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 2906 // 2907 // extern int arr[]; 2908 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 2909 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 2910 // 2911 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 2912 // to diagnose it. 2913 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2914 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2915 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2916 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2917 } 2918 2919 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2920 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 2921 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2922 New->setType(MergedT); 2923 } 2924 2925 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 2926 LookupResult &Previous) { 2927 // C11 6.2.7p4: 2928 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 2929 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 2930 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 2931 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 2932 // declaration becomes the composite type. 2933 // 2934 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 2935 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 2936 return false; 2937 2938 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2939 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 2940 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 2941 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 2942 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 2943 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 2944 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2945 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 2946 } else { 2947 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 2948 // type unless we're in the same function. 2949 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2950 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2951 } 2952 } 2953 2954 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2955 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2956 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2957 /// 2958 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2959 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2960 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2961 /// 2962 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2963 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2964 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2965 return; 2966 2967 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 2968 2969 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 2970 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2971 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0; 2972 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 2973 if (NewTemplate) { 2974 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2975 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0; 2976 } else 2977 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2978 } 2979 if (!Old) { 2980 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2981 << New->getDeclName(); 2982 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2983 diag::note_previous_definition); 2984 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2985 } 2986 2987 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2988 return; 2989 2990 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 2991 if (NewTemplate && 2992 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 2993 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 2994 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 2995 return; 2996 2997 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2998 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2999 // 3000 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3001 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3002 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3003 << New->getIdentifier(); 3004 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3005 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3006 } 3007 3008 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3009 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3010 // declaration 3011 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3012 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3013 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3014 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3015 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3016 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3017 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3018 } 3019 3020 // Merge the types. 3021 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3022 3023 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3024 return; 3025 3026 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3027 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3028 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3029 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3031 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3032 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3033 } 3034 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3035 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3036 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3037 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3038 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3039 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3040 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3041 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3042 // identifier has external linkage. 3043 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3044 /* Okay */; 3045 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3046 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3047 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3048 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3049 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3050 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3051 } 3052 3053 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3054 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3055 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3056 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3057 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3058 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3059 } 3060 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3061 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3062 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3063 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3064 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3065 } 3066 3067 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3068 3069 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3070 // need to check for mismatches. 3071 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3072 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3073 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3074 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3075 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3076 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3077 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3078 } 3079 3080 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3081 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3083 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3084 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3085 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3086 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3087 } else { 3088 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3089 // static and dynamic initialization. 3090 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3091 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3092 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3093 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3094 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3095 } 3096 } 3097 3098 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3099 const VarDecl *Def; 3100 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3101 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3102 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3103 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3104 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3105 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3106 return; 3107 } 3108 3109 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3110 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3111 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3112 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3113 return; 3114 } 3115 3116 // Merge "used" flag. 3117 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3118 New->setIsUsed(); 3119 3120 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3121 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3122 if (NewTemplate) 3123 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3124 3125 // Inherit access appropriately. 3126 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3127 if (NewTemplate) 3128 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3129 } 3130 3131 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3132 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3133 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3134 DeclSpec &DS) { 3135 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3136 } 3137 3138 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3139 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3140 return; 3141 3142 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3143 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3144 // it is anonymous. 3145 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3146 return; 3147 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3148 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3149 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3150 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3151 return; 3152 } 3153 3154 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3155 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3156 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3157 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3158 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3159 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3160 Tag, 3161 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3162 } 3163 } 3164 3165 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3166 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3167 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3168 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3169 DeclSpec &DS, 3170 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3171 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3172 Decl *TagD = 0; 3173 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3174 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3175 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3176 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3177 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3178 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3179 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3180 3181 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3182 return 0; 3183 3184 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3185 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3186 // it's a Type. 3187 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3188 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3189 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3190 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3191 } 3192 3193 if (Tag) { 3194 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3195 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3196 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3197 return Tag; 3198 } 3199 3200 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3201 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3202 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3203 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3204 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3205 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3206 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3207 } 3208 3209 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3210 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3211 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3212 if (Tag) 3213 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3214 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3215 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3216 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3217 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3218 else 3219 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3220 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3221 return TagD; 3222 } 3223 3224 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3225 3226 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3227 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3228 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3229 if (TagD && !Tag) 3230 return 0; 3231 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3232 } 3233 3234 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3235 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3236 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3237 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3238 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3239 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3240 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3241 // or an explicit specialization. 3242 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3243 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3244 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3245 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3246 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3247 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3248 << SS.getRange(); 3249 return 0; 3250 } 3251 3252 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3253 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3254 3255 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3256 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3257 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3258 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3260 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3261 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3262 3263 DeclaresAnything = false; 3264 } 3265 } 3266 3267 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3268 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3269 CurContext->isRecord() && 3270 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3271 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3272 // struct STRUCT; 3273 // and 3274 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3275 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3276 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3277 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3278 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3279 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3280 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3281 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3282 } 3283 } 3284 3285 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3286 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3287 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3288 return TagD; 3289 3290 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3291 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3292 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3293 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3294 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3295 DeclaresAnything = false; 3296 3297 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3298 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3299 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3300 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3301 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3302 else 3303 DeclaresAnything = false; 3304 } 3305 3306 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3307 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3308 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3309 << Tag->getTagKind() 3310 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3311 3312 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3313 3314 // C 6.7/2: 3315 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3316 // or the members of an enumeration. 3317 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3318 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3319 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3320 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3321 // previous declaration. 3322 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3323 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3324 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3325 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3326 return TagD; 3327 } 3328 3329 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3330 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3331 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3332 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3333 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3334 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3335 // 3336 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3337 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3338 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3339 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3340 3341 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3342 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3343 // useless. 3344 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3345 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3346 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3347 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3348 3349 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3350 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3351 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3352 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3353 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3354 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3355 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3356 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3357 // Restrict is covered above. 3358 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3359 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3360 } 3361 3362 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3363 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3364 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3365 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3366 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3367 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3368 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3369 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3370 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3371 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3372 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3373 while (attrs) { 3374 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3375 << attrs->getName() 3376 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3377 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3378 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3379 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3380 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3381 } 3382 } 3383 } 3384 3385 return TagD; 3386 } 3387 3388 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3389 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3390 /// 3391 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3392 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3393 Scope *S, 3394 DeclContext *Owner, 3395 DeclarationName Name, 3396 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3397 unsigned diagnostic) { 3398 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3399 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3400 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3401 3402 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3403 return false; 3404 3405 // Pick a representative declaration. 3406 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3407 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3408 3409 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3410 return false; 3411 3412 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3413 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3414 3415 return true; 3416 } 3417 3418 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3419 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3420 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3421 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3422 /// struct, e.g., 3423 /// 3424 /// @code 3425 /// union { 3426 /// int i; 3427 /// float f; 3428 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3429 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3430 /// @endcode 3431 /// 3432 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3433 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3434 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3435 DeclContext *Owner, 3436 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3437 AccessSpecifier AS, 3438 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3439 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3440 unsigned diagKind 3441 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3442 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3443 3444 bool Invalid = false; 3445 3446 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3447 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3448 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3449 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3450 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3451 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3452 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3453 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3454 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3455 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3456 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3457 Invalid = true; 3458 } else { 3459 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3460 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3461 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3462 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3463 // anonymous union is declared. 3464 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3465 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3466 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3467 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3468 else 3469 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3470 3471 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3472 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3473 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3474 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3475 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3476 3477 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3478 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3479 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3480 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3481 3482 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3483 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3484 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3485 3486 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3487 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3488 3489 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3490 } 3491 } 3492 } 3493 3494 return Invalid; 3495 } 3496 3497 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3498 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3499 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3500 static StorageClass 3501 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3502 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3503 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3504 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3505 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3506 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3507 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3508 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3509 return SC_None; 3510 return SC_Extern; 3511 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3512 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3513 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3514 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3515 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3516 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3517 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3518 } 3519 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3520 } 3521 3522 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3523 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3524 3525 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3526 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3527 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3528 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3529 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3530 return FD->getLocation(); 3531 } 3532 3533 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3534 } 3535 3536 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3537 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3538 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3539 return; 3540 3541 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3542 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3543 } 3544 3545 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3546 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3547 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3548 return; 3549 3550 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3551 } 3552 3553 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3554 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3555 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3556 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3557 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3558 AccessSpecifier AS, 3559 RecordDecl *Record, 3560 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3561 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3562 3563 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3564 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3565 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3566 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3567 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3568 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3569 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3570 3571 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3572 // structs/unions. 3573 bool Invalid = false; 3574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3575 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3576 unsigned DiagID; 3577 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3578 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3579 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3580 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3581 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3582 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3583 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3584 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3585 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3586 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3587 3588 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3589 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3590 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3591 } 3592 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3593 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3594 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3595 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3596 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3597 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3598 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3599 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3600 3601 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3602 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3603 SourceLocation(), 3604 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3605 } 3606 } 3607 3608 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3609 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3610 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3611 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3612 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3613 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3614 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3615 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3616 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3617 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3618 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3619 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3620 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3621 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3622 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3623 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3624 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3625 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3626 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3627 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3628 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3629 3630 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3631 } 3632 3633 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3634 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3635 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3636 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3637 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3638 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3639 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3640 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3641 // members (clause 11). 3642 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3643 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3644 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3645 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3646 Invalid = true; 3647 } 3648 3649 // C++ [class.union]p1 3650 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3651 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3652 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3653 // array of such objects. 3654 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3655 Invalid = true; 3656 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3657 // Any implicit members are fine. 3658 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3659 // This is a type that showed up in an 3660 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3661 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3662 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3663 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3664 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3665 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3666 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3667 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3668 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3669 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3670 else { 3671 // This is a nested type declaration. 3672 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3673 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3674 Invalid = true; 3675 } 3676 } else { 3677 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3678 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3679 // not part of standard C++. 3680 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3681 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3682 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3683 } 3684 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3685 // Any access specifier is fine. 3686 } else { 3687 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3688 // member. Complain about it. 3689 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3690 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3691 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3692 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3693 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3694 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3695 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3696 3697 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3698 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3699 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3700 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3701 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3702 else { 3703 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3704 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3705 Invalid = true; 3706 } 3707 } 3708 } 3709 3710 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3711 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3712 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3713 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3714 Owner->isRecord()) 3715 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3716 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3717 } 3718 3719 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3720 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3721 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3722 Invalid = true; 3723 } 3724 3725 // Mock up a declarator. 3726 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3727 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3728 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3729 3730 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3731 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3732 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3733 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3734 DS.getLocStart(), 3735 Record->getLocation(), 3736 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3737 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3738 TInfo, 3739 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3740 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3741 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3743 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3744 } else { 3745 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3746 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3747 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3748 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3749 // an error here 3750 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3751 Invalid = true; 3752 SC = SC_None; 3753 } 3754 3755 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3756 DS.getLocStart(), 3757 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3758 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3759 TInfo, SC); 3760 3761 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3762 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3763 // initializer: 3764 // union { int n = 0; }; 3765 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3766 } 3767 Anon->setImplicit(); 3768 3769 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 3770 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3771 3772 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3773 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3774 // its members. 3775 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3776 3777 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3778 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3779 // purposes. 3780 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3781 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3782 3783 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3784 Chain, false)) 3785 Invalid = true; 3786 3787 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 3788 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 3789 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3790 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3791 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 3792 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3793 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3794 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 3795 } 3796 } 3797 } 3798 3799 if (Invalid) 3800 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3801 3802 return Anon; 3803 } 3804 3805 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3806 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3807 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3808 /// Example: 3809 /// 3810 /// struct A { int a; }; 3811 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3812 /// 3813 /// void foo() { 3814 /// B var; 3815 /// var.a = 3; 3816 /// } 3817 /// 3818 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3819 RecordDecl *Record) { 3820 3821 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3822 if (!Record) 3823 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3824 3825 // Mock up a declarator. 3826 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3827 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3828 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3829 3830 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3831 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3832 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3833 DS.getLocStart(), 3834 DS.getLocStart(), 3835 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3836 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3837 TInfo, 3838 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3839 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3840 Anon->setImplicit(); 3841 3842 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3843 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3844 3845 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3846 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3847 // purposes. 3848 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3849 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3850 3851 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3852 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3853 RecordDef, AS_none, 3854 Chain, true)) 3855 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3856 3857 return Anon; 3858 } 3859 3860 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3861 /// given Declarator. 3862 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3863 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3864 } 3865 3866 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3867 DeclarationNameInfo 3868 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3869 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3870 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3871 3872 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3873 3874 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3875 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3876 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3877 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3878 return NameInfo; 3879 3880 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3881 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3882 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3883 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3884 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3885 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3886 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3887 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3888 return NameInfo; 3889 3890 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3891 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3892 Name.Identifier)); 3893 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3894 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3895 return NameInfo; 3896 3897 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3898 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3899 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3900 if (Ty.isNull()) 3901 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3902 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3903 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3904 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3905 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3906 return NameInfo; 3907 } 3908 3909 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3910 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3911 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3912 if (Ty.isNull()) 3913 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3914 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3915 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3916 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3917 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3918 return NameInfo; 3919 } 3920 3921 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3922 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3923 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3924 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3925 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3926 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3927 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3928 3929 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3930 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3931 3932 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3933 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3934 // was qualified. 3935 3936 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3937 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3938 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3939 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3940 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3941 return NameInfo; 3942 } 3943 3944 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3945 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3946 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3947 if (Ty.isNull()) 3948 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3949 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3950 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3951 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3952 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3953 return NameInfo; 3954 } 3955 3956 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3957 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3958 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3959 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3960 } 3961 3962 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3963 3964 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3965 } 3966 3967 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3968 do { 3969 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3970 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3971 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3972 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3973 else 3974 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3975 } while (true); 3976 } 3977 3978 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3979 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3980 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3981 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3982 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3983 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3984 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3985 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3986 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3987 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3988 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3989 Params.clear(); 3990 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3991 return false; 3992 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3993 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3994 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3995 3996 // The parameter types are identical 3997 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3998 continue; 3999 4000 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4001 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4002 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4003 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4004 4005 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4006 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4007 Params.push_back(Idx); 4008 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4009 return false; 4010 } 4011 4012 return true; 4013 } 4014 4015 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4016 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4017 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4018 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4019 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4020 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4021 DeclarationName Name) { 4022 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4023 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4024 // - types which will become injected class names 4025 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4026 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4027 // few cases here. 4028 4029 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4030 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4031 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4032 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4033 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4034 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4035 // Grab the type from the parser. 4036 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 4037 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4038 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4039 4040 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4041 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4042 // attached already. 4043 if (!TSI) 4044 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4045 4046 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4047 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4048 if (!TSI) return true; 4049 4050 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4051 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4052 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4053 break; 4054 } 4055 4056 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4057 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4058 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4059 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4060 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4061 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4062 break; 4063 } 4064 4065 default: 4066 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4067 break; 4068 } 4069 4070 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4071 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4072 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4073 4074 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4075 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4076 // pointer. 4077 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4078 continue; 4079 4080 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4081 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4082 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4083 return true; 4084 } 4085 4086 return false; 4087 } 4088 4089 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4090 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4091 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4092 4093 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4094 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4095 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4096 4097 return Dcl; 4098 } 4099 4100 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4101 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4102 /// name different from T: 4103 /// - every static data member of class T; 4104 /// - every member function of class T 4105 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4106 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4107 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4108 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4109 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4110 4111 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4112 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4113 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4114 return true; 4115 } 4116 4117 return false; 4118 } 4119 4120 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4121 /// nested-name-specifier. 4122 /// 4123 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4124 /// 4125 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4126 /// resolves. 4127 /// 4128 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4129 /// 4130 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4131 /// 4132 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4133 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4134 DeclarationName Name, 4135 SourceLocation Loc) { 4136 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4137 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4138 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4139 4140 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4141 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4142 // 4143 // class X { 4144 // void X::f(); 4145 // }; 4146 // 4147 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4148 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4149 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4150 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4151 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4152 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4153 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4154 SS.clear(); 4155 } else { 4156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4157 } 4158 return false; 4159 } 4160 4161 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4162 // declaration. 4163 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4164 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4166 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4167 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4168 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4169 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4170 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4171 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4172 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4173 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4174 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4175 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4176 else 4177 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4178 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4179 4180 return true; 4181 } 4182 4183 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4184 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4185 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4186 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4187 SS.clear(); 4188 4189 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4190 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4191 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4192 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4193 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4194 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4195 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4196 return true; 4197 4198 return false; 4199 } 4200 4201 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4202 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4203 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4204 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4205 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4206 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4207 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4208 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4209 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4210 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4211 4212 return false; 4213 } 4214 4215 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4216 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4217 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4218 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4219 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4220 4221 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4222 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4223 if (!Name) { 4224 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4225 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4226 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4227 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4228 return 0; 4229 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4230 return 0; 4231 4232 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4233 // we find one that is. 4234 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4235 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4236 S = S->getParent(); 4237 4238 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4239 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4240 D.setInvalidType(); 4241 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4242 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4243 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4244 return 0; 4245 4246 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4247 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4248 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4249 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4250 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4251 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4252 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4253 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4254 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4255 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4256 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4257 return 0; 4258 } 4259 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4260 4261 if (!IsDependentContext && 4262 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4263 return 0; 4264 4265 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4266 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4267 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4268 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4269 D.setInvalidType(); 4270 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4271 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4272 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4273 if (DC->isRecord()) 4274 return 0; 4275 4276 D.setInvalidType(); 4277 } 4278 } 4279 4280 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4281 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4282 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4283 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4284 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4285 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4286 D.setInvalidType(); 4287 } 4288 } 4289 4290 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4291 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4292 // Just return early; it's safer. 4293 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4294 return 0; 4295 4296 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4297 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4298 4299 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4300 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4301 D.setInvalidType(); 4302 4303 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4304 ForRedeclaration); 4305 4306 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4307 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4308 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4309 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4310 4311 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4312 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4313 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4314 // 4315 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4316 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4317 // the same name. 4318 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4319 /* Do nothing*/; 4320 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4321 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4322 R->isFunctionType())) { 4323 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4324 CreateBuiltins = 4325 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4326 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4327 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4328 CreateBuiltins = true; 4329 4330 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4331 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4332 4333 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4334 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4335 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4336 4337 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4338 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4339 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4340 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4341 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4342 // thereof; [...] 4343 // 4344 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4345 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4346 // we want to match. For example, given: 4347 // 4348 // class X { 4349 // void f(); 4350 // void f(float); 4351 // }; 4352 // 4353 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4354 // 4355 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4356 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4357 // matches. 4358 4359 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4360 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4361 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4362 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4363 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4364 } 4365 4366 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4367 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4368 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4369 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4370 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4371 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4372 4373 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4374 Previous.clear(); 4375 } 4376 4377 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4378 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4379 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4380 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4381 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4382 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4383 Previous.clear(); 4384 4385 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4386 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4387 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4388 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4389 4390 NamedDecl *New; 4391 4392 bool AddToScope = true; 4393 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4394 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4395 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4396 return 0; 4397 } 4398 4399 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4400 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4401 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4402 TemplateParamLists, 4403 AddToScope); 4404 } else { 4405 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4406 AddToScope); 4407 } 4408 4409 if (New == 0) 4410 return 0; 4411 4412 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4413 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4414 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4415 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4416 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4417 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4418 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4419 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4420 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4421 if (!AddToContext) 4422 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4423 } 4424 4425 return New; 4426 } 4427 4428 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4429 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4430 /// GCC compatibility). 4431 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4432 ASTContext &Context, 4433 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4434 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4435 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4436 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4437 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4438 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4439 SizeIsNegative = false; 4440 Oversized = 0; 4441 4442 if (T->isDependentType()) 4443 return QualType(); 4444 4445 QualifierCollector Qs; 4446 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4447 4448 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4449 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4450 QualType FixedType = 4451 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4452 Oversized); 4453 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4454 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4455 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4456 } 4457 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4458 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4459 QualType FixedType = 4460 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4461 Oversized); 4462 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4463 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4464 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4465 } 4466 4467 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4468 if (!VLATy) 4469 return QualType(); 4470 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4471 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4472 return QualType(); 4473 4474 llvm::APSInt Res; 4475 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4476 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4477 return QualType(); 4478 4479 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4480 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4481 SizeIsNegative = true; 4482 return QualType(); 4483 } 4484 4485 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4486 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4487 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4488 Res); 4489 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4490 Oversized = Res; 4491 return QualType(); 4492 } 4493 4494 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4495 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4496 } 4497 4498 static void 4499 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4500 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4501 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4502 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4503 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4504 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4505 return; 4506 } 4507 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4508 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4509 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4510 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4511 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4512 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4513 return; 4514 } 4515 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4516 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4517 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4518 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4519 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4520 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4521 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4522 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4523 } 4524 4525 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4526 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4527 /// GCC compatibility). 4528 static TypeSourceInfo* 4529 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4530 ASTContext &Context, 4531 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4532 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4533 QualType FixedTy 4534 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4535 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4536 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4537 return 0; 4538 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4539 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4540 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4541 return FixedTInfo; 4542 } 4543 4544 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4545 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4546 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4547 /// function-scope declarations. 4548 void 4549 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4550 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4551 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4552 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4553 return; 4554 4555 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4556 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4557 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4558 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4559 } 4560 4561 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4562 if (ExternalSource) { 4563 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4564 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4565 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4566 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4567 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4568 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4569 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4570 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4571 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4572 } 4573 } 4574 4575 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4576 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0; 4577 } 4578 4579 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4580 /// does not identify a function. 4581 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4582 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4583 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4584 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4585 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4586 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4587 4588 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4589 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4590 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4591 4592 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4593 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4594 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4595 4596 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4597 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4598 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4599 } 4600 4601 NamedDecl* 4602 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4603 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4604 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4605 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4606 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4607 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4608 D.setInvalidType(); 4609 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4610 DC = CurContext; 4611 Previous.clear(); 4612 } 4613 4614 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4615 4616 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4617 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4618 << 1; 4619 4620 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4621 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4622 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4623 return 0; 4624 } 4625 4626 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4627 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4628 4629 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4630 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4631 4632 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4633 4634 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4635 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4636 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4637 return ND; 4638 } 4639 4640 void 4641 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4642 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4643 // then it shall have block scope. 4644 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4645 // that redeclarations will match. 4646 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4647 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4648 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4649 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4650 4651 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4652 bool SizeIsNegative; 4653 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4654 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4655 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4656 SizeIsNegative, 4657 Oversized); 4658 if (FixedTInfo) { 4659 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4660 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4661 } else { 4662 if (SizeIsNegative) 4663 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4664 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4665 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4666 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4667 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4668 << Oversized.toString(10); 4669 else 4670 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4671 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4672 } 4673 } 4674 } 4675 } 4676 4677 4678 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4679 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4680 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4681 NamedDecl* 4682 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4683 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4684 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4685 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4686 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4687 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4688 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4689 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4690 Redeclaration = true; 4691 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4692 } 4693 4694 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4695 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4696 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4697 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4698 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4699 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4700 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4701 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4702 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4703 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4704 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4705 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4706 } 4707 4708 return NewTD; 4709 } 4710 4711 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4712 /// previous declaration. 4713 /// 4714 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4715 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4716 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4717 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4718 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4719 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4720 /// 4721 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4722 /// lookup 4723 /// 4724 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4725 /// declared. 4726 /// 4727 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4728 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4729 static bool 4730 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4731 ASTContext &Context) { 4732 if (!PrevDecl) 4733 return false; 4734 4735 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4736 return false; 4737 4738 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4739 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4740 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4741 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4742 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4743 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4744 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4745 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4746 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4747 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4748 return false; 4749 4750 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4751 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4752 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4753 return false; 4754 4755 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4756 // previous declarations. 4757 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4758 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4759 4760 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4761 // isn't the same function. 4762 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4763 return false; 4764 } 4765 4766 return true; 4767 } 4768 4769 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4770 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4771 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4772 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4773 } 4774 4775 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4776 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4777 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4778 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4779 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4780 unsigned kind = -1U; 4781 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4782 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4783 kind = 0; // __block 4784 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4785 kind = 1; // global 4786 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4787 kind = 3; // ivar 4788 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4789 kind = 2; // field 4790 } 4791 4792 if (kind != -1U) { 4793 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4794 << kind; 4795 } 4796 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4797 // Try to infer lifetime. 4798 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4799 return false; 4800 4801 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4802 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4803 decl->setType(type); 4804 } 4805 4806 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4807 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4808 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4809 var->getTLSKind()) { 4810 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4811 << var->getType(); 4812 return true; 4813 } 4814 } 4815 4816 return false; 4817 } 4818 4819 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4820 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 4821 // the wrong linkage. 4822 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 4823 4824 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4825 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4826 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4827 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4828 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4829 } 4830 } 4831 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4832 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4833 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4834 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4835 } 4836 } 4837 4838 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4839 // It does not apply to functions. 4840 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4841 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4842 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4843 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4844 } 4845 } 4846 4847 // dll attributes require external linkage. 4848 if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 4849 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4850 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 4851 << &ND << Attr; 4852 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 4853 } 4854 } 4855 if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 4856 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4857 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 4858 << &ND << Attr; 4859 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 4860 } 4861 } 4862 } 4863 4864 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 4865 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 4866 bool IsSpecialization) { 4867 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 4868 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4869 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 4870 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4871 4872 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 4873 return; 4874 4875 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 4876 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 4877 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 4878 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 4879 4880 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 4881 // inherited attribute instances. 4882 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 4883 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 4884 4885 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 4886 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 4887 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 4888 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 4889 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 4890 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 4891 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration) 4892 << NewDecl 4893 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 4894 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4895 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4896 return; 4897 } 4898 4899 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 4900 // exception being inline function definitions. 4901 // FIXME: Handle inline functions. 4902 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 4903 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr) { 4904 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 4905 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 4906 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 4907 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4908 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 4909 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 4910 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 4911 } 4912 } 4913 4914 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4915 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4916 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4917 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4918 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4919 4920 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4921 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4922 4923 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4924 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4925 return false; 4926 4927 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4928 4929 #ifndef NDEBUG 4930 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4931 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4932 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4933 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4934 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4935 #endif 4936 4937 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4938 4939 #ifndef NDEBUG 4940 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4941 #endif 4942 4943 return isC99Inline; 4944 } 4945 4946 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4947 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4948 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4949 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4950 /// 4951 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4952 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4953 /// 4954 /// For instance: 4955 /// 4956 /// auto x = []{}; 4957 /// 4958 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4959 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4960 /// 4961 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 4962 template<typename T> 4963 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4964 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4965 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4966 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4967 return false; 4968 } 4969 return D->isExternC(); 4970 } 4971 4972 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4973 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4974 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4975 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4976 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4977 return true; 4978 if (DC->isRecord()) 4979 return false; 4980 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4981 } 4982 4983 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4984 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4985 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4986 return true; 4987 if (DC->isRecord()) 4988 return false; 4989 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4990 } 4991 4992 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 4993 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 4994 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 4995 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 4996 return true; 4997 return false; 4998 } 4999 5000 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5001 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5002 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5003 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5004 return true; 5005 5006 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5007 // position to the decl itself. 5008 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5009 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5010 return true; 5011 } 5012 5013 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5014 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5015 } 5016 5017 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5018 /// function-local external declaration. 5019 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5020 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5021 return false; 5022 5023 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5024 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5025 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5026 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5027 return true; 5028 5029 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5030 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5031 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5032 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5033 // 5034 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5035 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5036 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5037 DC = DC->getParent(); 5038 return true; 5039 } 5040 5041 NamedDecl * 5042 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5043 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5044 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5045 bool &AddToScope) { 5046 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5047 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5048 5049 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5050 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 5051 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5052 5053 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5054 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5055 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5056 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport)) 5057 SC = SC_Extern; 5058 5059 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5060 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5061 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5062 5063 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5064 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5065 QualType NR = R; 5066 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5067 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5068 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5069 D.setInvalidType(); 5070 break; 5071 } 5072 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5073 } 5074 5075 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5076 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5077 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5078 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5079 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5080 D.setInvalidType(); 5081 } 5082 } 5083 } 5084 5085 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5086 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5087 // an error here 5088 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5089 D.setInvalidType(); 5090 SC = SC_None; 5091 } 5092 5093 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5094 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5095 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5096 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5097 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5098 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5099 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5100 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5101 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5102 } 5103 5104 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5105 if (!II) { 5106 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5107 << Name; 5108 return 0; 5109 } 5110 5111 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5112 5113 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 5114 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5115 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5116 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 5117 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 5118 // is a GNU extension. 5119 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 5120 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 5121 else 5122 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5123 D.setInvalidType(); 5124 } 5125 } 5126 5127 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5128 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5129 // OpenCL __local address space. 5130 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5131 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5132 } 5133 5134 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5135 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5136 // space qualifiers. 5137 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5138 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5139 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5140 } 5141 5142 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5143 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5144 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5145 // address space qualifiers. 5146 if (R->isEventT()) { 5147 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 5148 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5149 D.setInvalidType(); 5150 } 5151 5152 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5153 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5154 D.setInvalidType(); 5155 } 5156 } 5157 } 5158 5159 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5160 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5161 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5162 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5163 VarDecl *NewVD = 0; 5164 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0; 5165 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0; 5166 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5167 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5168 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5169 R, TInfo, SC); 5170 5171 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5172 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5173 } else { 5174 bool Invalid = false; 5175 5176 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5177 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5178 switch (SC) { 5179 case SC_None: 5180 break; 5181 case SC_Static: 5182 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5183 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5184 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5185 break; 5186 case SC_Auto: 5187 case SC_Register: 5188 case SC_Extern: 5189 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5190 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5191 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5192 // of class members 5193 5194 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5195 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5196 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5197 break; 5198 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5199 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5200 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5201 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5202 } 5203 } 5204 5205 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5206 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5207 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5208 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5209 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5210 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5211 5212 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5213 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5214 if (RD->isUnion()) 5215 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5216 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5217 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5218 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5219 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5220 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5221 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5222 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5223 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5224 } 5225 } 5226 5227 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5228 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5229 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5230 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5231 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, 5232 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5233 5234 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5235 !TemplateParams) { 5236 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5237 5238 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5239 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5240 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5241 // too few of them). 5242 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 5243 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 5244 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5245 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5246 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5247 "template<> "); 5248 IsExplicitSpecialization = true; 5249 TemplateParams = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(), 5250 SourceLocation(), 0, 0, 5251 SourceLocation()); 5252 } 5253 5254 if (TemplateParams) { 5255 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5256 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5257 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5258 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5259 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5260 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5261 << II 5262 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5263 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5264 TemplateParams = 0; 5265 } else { 5266 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5267 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5268 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 5269 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5270 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5271 5272 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5273 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5274 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5275 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5276 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5277 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5278 // This is a template declaration. 5279 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5280 5281 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5282 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5283 return 0; 5284 } 5285 } 5286 } 5287 5288 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5289 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5290 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5291 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5292 : SourceLocation(); 5293 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5294 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5295 IsPartialSpecialization); 5296 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5297 return 0; 5298 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5299 AddToScope = false; 5300 } else 5301 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5302 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5303 5304 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5305 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5306 NewTemplate = 5307 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5308 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5309 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5310 } 5311 5312 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5313 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5314 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5315 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5316 5317 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5318 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5319 if (NewTemplate) 5320 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5321 } 5322 5323 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5324 5325 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5326 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5327 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5328 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5329 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5330 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5331 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5332 5333 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5334 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5335 } 5336 5337 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5338 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5339 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5340 if (NewTemplate) 5341 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5342 5343 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5344 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5345 5346 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5347 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5348 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5349 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5350 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5351 // explicitly. 5352 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5353 // 'extern'. 5354 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5355 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5356 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5357 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5358 else 5359 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5360 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5361 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5362 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5363 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5364 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5365 else 5366 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5367 } 5368 5369 // C99 6.7.4p3 5370 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5371 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5372 // thread storage duration... 5373 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5374 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5375 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5376 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5377 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5378 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5379 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5380 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5381 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5382 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5383 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5384 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5385 } 5386 } 5387 5388 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5389 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5390 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5391 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5392 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5393 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5394 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5395 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5396 << 2 5397 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5398 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5399 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5400 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5401 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5402 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5403 else { 5404 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5405 if (NewTemplate) 5406 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5407 } 5408 } 5409 5410 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5411 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5412 5413 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5414 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5415 // storage [duration]." 5416 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5417 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5418 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5419 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5420 } 5421 } 5422 5423 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5424 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5425 // check the VarDecl itself. 5426 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5427 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5428 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5429 5430 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5431 // retainable type. 5432 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5433 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5434 5435 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5436 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5437 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5438 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5439 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5440 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5441 switch (SC) { 5442 case SC_None: 5443 case SC_Auto: 5444 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5445 break; 5446 case SC_Register: 5447 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5448 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5449 break; 5450 case SC_Static: 5451 case SC_Extern: 5452 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5453 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5454 break; 5455 } 5456 } 5457 5458 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5459 Context, Label, 0)); 5460 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5461 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5462 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5463 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5464 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5465 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5466 } 5467 } 5468 5469 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5470 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5471 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5472 5473 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5474 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5475 // declaration has linkage). 5476 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5477 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5478 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5479 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5480 5481 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5482 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5484 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5485 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5486 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5487 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5488 5489 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5490 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5491 } else { 5492 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5493 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5494 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5495 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5496 5497 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5498 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5499 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5500 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5501 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5502 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5503 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5504 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5505 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5506 Previous.clear(); 5507 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5508 } 5509 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5510 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5511 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5512 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5513 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5514 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5515 } 5516 5517 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5518 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5519 5520 if (NewTemplate) { 5521 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5522 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5523 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5524 : 0; 5525 5526 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5527 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5528 // template declaration. 5529 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5530 TemplateParams, 5531 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5532 : 0, 5533 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5534 DC->isDependentContext()) 5535 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5536 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5537 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5538 5539 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5540 // template, make a note of that. 5541 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5542 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5543 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5544 } 5545 } 5546 5547 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5548 5549 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5550 // the map of such variables. 5551 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5552 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5553 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5554 5555 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5556 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5557 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5558 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5559 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5560 Context.setManglingNumber( 5561 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5562 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5563 } 5564 } 5565 5566 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5567 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5568 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5569 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5570 } 5571 5572 if (NewTemplate) { 5573 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5574 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5575 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5576 return NewTemplate; 5577 } 5578 5579 return NewVD; 5580 } 5581 5582 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5583 /// -Wshadow. 5584 /// 5585 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5586 /// scope. 5587 /// 5588 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5589 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5590 /// 5591 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5592 // Return if warning is ignored. 5593 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5594 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5595 return; 5596 5597 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5598 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5599 return; 5600 5601 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5602 5603 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5604 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5605 return; 5606 5607 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5608 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5609 return; 5610 5611 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5612 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5613 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5614 if (MD->isStatic()) 5615 return; 5616 5617 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5618 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5619 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5620 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5621 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5622 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5623 ShadowedDecl = I; 5624 break; 5625 } 5626 } 5627 5628 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5629 5630 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5631 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5632 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5633 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5634 return; 5635 5636 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5637 // static data members from base classes? 5638 5639 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5640 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5641 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5642 } 5643 5644 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5645 unsigned Kind; 5646 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5647 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5648 Kind = 3; // field 5649 else 5650 Kind = 2; // static data member 5651 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5652 Kind = 1; // global 5653 else 5654 Kind = 0; // local 5655 5656 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5657 5658 // Emit warning and note. 5659 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5660 return; 5661 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5662 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5663 } 5664 5665 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5666 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5667 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5668 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5669 return; 5670 5671 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5672 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5673 LookupName(R, S); 5674 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5675 } 5676 5677 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5678 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5679 template<typename T> 5680 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5681 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5682 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5683 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5684 5685 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5686 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5687 // declaration. 5688 return false; 5689 } 5690 5691 if (Prev) { 5692 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5693 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5694 // redeclaration. 5695 Previous.clear(); 5696 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5697 return true; 5698 } 5699 5700 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5701 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5702 // declaration. 5703 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5704 return false; 5705 } else { 5706 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5707 // translation unit which might conflict. 5708 if (IsGlobal) { 5709 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5710 IsGlobal = false; 5711 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5712 I != E; ++I) { 5713 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5714 Prev = *I; 5715 break; 5716 } 5717 } 5718 } else { 5719 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5720 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5721 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5722 I != E; ++I) { 5723 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5724 Prev = *I; 5725 break; 5726 } 5727 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5728 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5729 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5730 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5731 // diagnostic. 5732 } 5733 } 5734 5735 if (!Prev) 5736 return false; 5737 } 5738 5739 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5740 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5741 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5742 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5743 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5744 else 5745 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5746 5747 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5748 << IsGlobal << ND; 5749 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5750 << IsGlobal; 5751 return false; 5752 } 5753 5754 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5755 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5756 /// 5757 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5758 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5759 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5760 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5761 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5762 template<typename T> 5763 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5764 LookupResult &Previous) { 5765 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5766 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5767 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5768 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5769 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5770 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5771 Previous.clear(); 5772 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5773 return true; 5774 } 5775 } 5776 return false; 5777 } 5778 5779 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5780 // declaration. 5781 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5782 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5783 5784 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5785 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5786 // in another scope. 5787 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5788 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5789 5790 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5791 return false; 5792 } 5793 5794 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5795 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5796 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5797 return; 5798 5799 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5800 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5801 5802 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5803 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5804 return; 5805 5806 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5807 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5808 5809 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5810 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5811 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5812 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5813 NewVD->setType(T); 5814 } 5815 5816 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5817 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5818 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5819 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5820 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5821 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5822 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5823 return; 5824 } 5825 5826 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5827 // __constant address space. 5828 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5829 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5830 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5831 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5832 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5833 return; 5834 } 5835 5836 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5837 // scope. 5838 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5839 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5840 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5841 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5842 return; 5843 } 5844 5845 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5846 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5847 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5848 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5849 else { 5850 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5851 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5852 } 5853 } 5854 5855 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5856 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5857 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5858 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5859 5860 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5861 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5862 bool SizeIsNegative; 5863 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5864 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5865 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5866 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5867 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5868 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5869 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5870 // int a[10][n]; 5871 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5872 5873 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5874 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5875 << SizeRange; 5876 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5877 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5878 << SizeRange; 5879 else 5880 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5881 << SizeRange; 5882 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5883 return; 5884 } 5885 5886 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5887 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5888 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5889 else 5890 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5891 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5892 return; 5893 } 5894 5895 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5896 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5897 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5898 } 5899 5900 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5901 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5902 // of objects and functions. 5903 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5904 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5905 << T; 5906 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5907 return; 5908 } 5909 } 5910 5911 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5912 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5913 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5914 return; 5915 } 5916 5917 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5918 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5919 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5920 return; 5921 } 5922 5923 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5924 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5925 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5926 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5927 return; 5928 } 5929 } 5930 5931 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5932 /// declaration. 5933 /// 5934 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5935 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5936 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5937 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5938 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 5939 /// 5940 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5941 /// 5942 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5943 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 5944 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5945 5946 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5947 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5948 return false; 5949 5950 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5951 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5952 if (Previous.empty() && 5953 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 5954 Previous.setShadowed(); 5955 5956 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5957 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5958 5959 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5960 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 5961 return true; 5962 } 5963 return false; 5964 } 5965 5966 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5967 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5968 Sema *S; 5969 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5970 }; 5971 5972 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5973 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5974 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5975 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5976 CXXBasePath &Path, 5977 void *UserData) { 5978 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5979 5980 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5981 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5982 5983 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5984 5985 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5986 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5987 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5988 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5989 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5990 5991 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5992 } 5993 5994 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5995 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5996 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5997 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5998 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5999 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6000 return true; 6001 } 6002 } 6003 6004 return false; 6005 } 6006 6007 namespace { 6008 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6009 } 6010 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6011 /// overriden methods. 6012 /// 6013 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6014 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6015 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6016 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6017 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6018 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6019 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6020 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6021 I != E; ++I) { 6022 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6023 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6024 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6025 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6026 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6027 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6028 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6029 } 6030 } 6031 6032 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6033 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6034 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6035 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 6036 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6037 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6038 Data.Method = MD; 6039 Data.S = this; 6040 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6041 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6042 bool AddedAny = false; 6043 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6044 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6045 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6046 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6047 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6048 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6049 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6050 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6051 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6052 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6053 AddedAny = true; 6054 } 6055 } 6056 } 6057 } 6058 6059 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6060 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6061 } 6062 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6063 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6064 } 6065 6066 return AddedAny; 6067 } 6068 6069 namespace { 6070 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6071 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6072 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6073 Scope *S; 6074 Declarator &D; 6075 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6076 bool AddToScope; 6077 }; 6078 } 6079 6080 namespace { 6081 6082 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6083 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6084 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6085 public: 6086 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6087 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6088 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6089 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 6090 6091 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6092 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6093 return false; 6094 6095 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6096 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6097 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6098 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6099 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6100 6101 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6102 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6103 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6104 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6105 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6106 return true; 6107 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6108 return true; 6109 } 6110 } 6111 } 6112 6113 return false; 6114 } 6115 6116 private: 6117 ASTContext &Context; 6118 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6119 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6120 }; 6121 6122 } 6123 6124 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6125 /// 6126 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6127 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6128 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6129 /// the same name. 6130 /// 6131 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6132 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6133 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6134 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6135 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6136 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6137 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6138 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6139 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6140 TypoCorrection Correction; 6141 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6142 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6143 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6144 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6145 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6146 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6147 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6148 6149 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6150 if (IsLocalFriend) 6151 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6152 else 6153 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6154 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6155 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6156 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6157 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6158 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 6159 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6160 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6161 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6162 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6163 if (FD && 6164 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6165 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6166 // involve a parameter 6167 unsigned ParamNum = 6168 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6169 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6170 } 6171 } 6172 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6173 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6174 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6175 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6176 IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) { 6177 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6178 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6179 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6180 Previous.clear(); 6181 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6182 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6183 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6184 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6185 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6186 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6187 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6188 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6189 } 6190 } 6191 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6192 6193 NamedDecl *Result; 6194 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6195 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6196 { 6197 // Trap errors. 6198 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6199 6200 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6201 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6202 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6203 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6204 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6205 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6206 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6207 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6208 6209 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6210 Result = 0; 6211 } 6212 6213 if (Result) { 6214 // Determine which correction we picked. 6215 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6216 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6217 I != E; ++I) 6218 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6219 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6220 6221 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6222 Correction, 6223 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6224 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6225 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6226 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6227 return Result; 6228 } 6229 6230 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6231 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6232 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6233 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6234 Previous.clear(); 6235 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6236 } 6237 6238 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6239 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6240 6241 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6242 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6243 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6244 6245 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6246 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6247 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6248 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6249 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6250 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6251 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6252 6253 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6254 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6255 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6256 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6257 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6258 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6259 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6260 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6261 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6262 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6263 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6264 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6265 } else 6266 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6267 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6268 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6269 } 6270 return 0; 6271 } 6272 6273 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6274 Declarator &D) { 6275 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6276 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6277 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6278 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6279 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6280 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6281 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6282 D.setInvalidType(); 6283 break; 6284 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6285 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6286 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6287 return SC_None; 6288 return SC_Extern; 6289 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6290 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6291 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6292 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6293 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6294 // other than extern 6295 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6296 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6297 diag::err_static_block_func); 6298 break; 6299 } else 6300 return SC_Static; 6301 } 6302 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6303 } 6304 6305 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6306 return SC_None; 6307 } 6308 6309 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6310 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6311 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6312 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6313 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6314 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6315 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6316 6317 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 6318 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6319 6320 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6321 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6322 // prototype. This true when: 6323 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6324 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6325 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6326 bool HasPrototype = 6327 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6328 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6329 6330 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6331 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6332 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6333 HasPrototype, false); 6334 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6335 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6336 6337 // Set the lexical context. 6338 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6339 6340 return NewFD; 6341 } 6342 6343 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6344 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6345 6346 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6347 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6348 // the class has been completely parsed. 6349 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6350 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6351 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6352 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6353 D.setInvalidType(); 6354 6355 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6356 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6357 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6358 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6359 6360 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6361 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6362 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6363 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6364 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6365 isConstexpr); 6366 6367 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6368 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6369 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6370 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6371 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6372 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6373 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6374 D.getLocStart(), 6375 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6376 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6377 6378 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6379 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6380 // it yet. 6381 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6382 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6383 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6384 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6385 } 6386 6387 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6388 return NewDD; 6389 6390 } else { 6391 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6392 D.setInvalidType(); 6393 6394 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6395 // code path. 6396 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6397 D.getLocStart(), 6398 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6399 SC, isInline, 6400 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6401 } 6402 6403 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6404 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6405 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6406 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6407 return 0; 6408 } 6409 6410 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6411 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6412 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6413 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6414 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6415 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6416 6417 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6418 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6419 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6420 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6421 // constructor if it has no return type). 6422 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6423 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6424 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6425 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6426 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6427 return 0; 6428 } 6429 6430 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6431 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6432 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6433 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6434 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6435 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6436 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6437 return Ret; 6438 } else { 6439 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6440 // prototype. This true when: 6441 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6442 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6443 D.getLocStart(), 6444 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6445 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6446 } 6447 } 6448 6449 enum OpenCLParamType { 6450 ValidKernelParam, 6451 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6452 PtrKernelParam, 6453 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6454 InvalidKernelParam, 6455 RecordKernelParam 6456 }; 6457 6458 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6459 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6460 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6461 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6462 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6463 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6464 : PtrKernelParam; 6465 } 6466 6467 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6468 // be used as builtin types. 6469 6470 if (PT->isImageType()) 6471 return PtrKernelParam; 6472 6473 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6474 return InvalidKernelParam; 6475 6476 if (PT->isEventT()) 6477 return InvalidKernelParam; 6478 6479 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6480 return InvalidKernelParam; 6481 6482 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6483 return RecordKernelParam; 6484 6485 return ValidKernelParam; 6486 } 6487 6488 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6489 Sema &S, 6490 Declarator &D, 6491 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6492 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6493 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6494 6495 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6496 // used again 6497 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6498 return; 6499 6500 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6501 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6502 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6503 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6504 // pointer to a pointer type. 6505 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6506 D.setInvalidType(); 6507 return; 6508 6509 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6510 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6511 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6512 // pointer to the private address space. 6513 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6514 D.setInvalidType(); 6515 return; 6516 6517 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6518 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6519 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6520 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6521 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6522 6523 case InvalidKernelParam: 6524 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6525 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6526 // of event_t type. 6527 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6528 D.setInvalidType(); 6529 return; 6530 6531 case PtrKernelParam: 6532 case ValidKernelParam: 6533 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6534 return; 6535 6536 case RecordKernelParam: 6537 break; 6538 } 6539 6540 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6541 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6542 6543 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6544 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6545 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6546 HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0); 6547 6548 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6549 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6550 6551 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6552 6553 do { 6554 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6555 if (!Next) { 6556 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6557 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6558 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6559 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6560 6561 continue; 6562 } 6563 6564 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6565 // field itself) to the history stack. 6566 const RecordDecl *RD; 6567 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6568 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6569 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6570 } else { 6571 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6572 } 6573 6574 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6575 VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0); 6576 6577 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6578 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6579 6580 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6581 continue; 6582 6583 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6584 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6585 continue; 6586 6587 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6588 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6589 continue; 6590 } 6591 6592 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6593 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6594 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6595 // union. 6596 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6597 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6598 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6599 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6600 << PT->isUnionType() 6601 << PT; 6602 } else { 6603 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6604 } 6605 6606 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6607 << PD->getDeclName(); 6608 6609 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6610 // the offending field came from 6611 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6612 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6613 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6614 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6615 << OuterField->getType(); 6616 } 6617 6618 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6619 << QT->isPointerType() 6620 << QT; 6621 D.setInvalidType(); 6622 return; 6623 } 6624 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6625 } 6626 6627 NamedDecl* 6628 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6629 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6630 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6631 bool &AddToScope) { 6632 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6633 6634 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6635 6636 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6637 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6638 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6639 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6640 6641 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6642 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6643 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6644 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6645 6646 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6647 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6648 6649 bool isFriend = false; 6650 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6651 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6652 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6653 6654 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6655 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6656 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6657 6658 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6659 6660 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6661 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6662 6663 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6664 isVirtualOkay); 6665 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6666 6667 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6668 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6669 6670 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6671 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6672 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6673 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6674 6675 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6676 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6677 6678 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6679 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6680 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6681 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6682 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6683 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6684 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6685 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6686 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6687 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6688 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6689 } 6690 6691 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6692 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6693 // return true). 6694 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6695 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6696 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6697 NewFD->setPure(true); 6698 } 6699 6700 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6701 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6702 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6703 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6704 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6705 6706 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6707 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6708 bool Invalid = false; 6709 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6710 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6711 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6712 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend, 6713 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 6714 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6715 // This is a function template 6716 6717 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6718 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6719 return 0; 6720 6721 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6722 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6723 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6724 return 0; 6725 } 6726 6727 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6728 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6729 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6730 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6731 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6732 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6733 Invalid = true; 6734 } 6735 6736 6737 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6738 NewFD->getLocation(), 6739 Name, TemplateParams, 6740 NewFD); 6741 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6742 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6743 6744 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6745 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6746 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6747 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6748 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6749 } 6750 } else { 6751 // This is a function template specialization. 6752 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6753 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6754 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6755 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6756 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6757 6758 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6759 if (isFriend) { 6760 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6761 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6762 6763 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6764 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6765 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6766 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6767 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6768 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6769 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6770 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6771 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6772 } 6773 6774 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6775 << Name << RemoveRange 6776 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6777 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6778 } 6779 } 6780 } 6781 else { 6782 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6783 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6784 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6785 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6786 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6787 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6788 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6789 } 6790 6791 if (Invalid) { 6792 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6793 if (FunctionTemplate) 6794 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6795 } 6796 6797 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6798 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6799 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6800 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6801 // 6802 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6803 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6804 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6805 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6806 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6807 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6808 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6809 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6810 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6811 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6812 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6813 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6814 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6815 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6816 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6817 } else { 6818 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6819 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6820 } 6821 6822 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6823 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 6824 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6825 } 6826 6827 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6828 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 6829 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 6830 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 6831 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 6832 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 6833 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 6834 // thing to do. 6835 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 6836 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 6837 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6838 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6839 QualType Result = 6840 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 6841 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 6842 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 6843 } 6844 6845 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6846 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6847 // declaration. 6848 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6849 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6850 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6851 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6852 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6853 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6854 } 6855 } 6856 6857 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6858 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6859 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6860 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6861 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6862 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6863 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6864 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6865 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6866 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6867 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6868 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6869 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6870 // or conversion function. 6871 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6872 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6873 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6874 } 6875 } 6876 6877 if (isConstexpr) { 6878 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6879 // are implicitly inline. 6880 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6881 6882 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6883 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6884 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6885 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6886 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6887 } 6888 6889 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6890 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6891 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6892 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6893 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6894 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6895 << 0 6896 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6897 } else { 6898 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6899 if (FunctionTemplate) 6900 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6901 } 6902 } 6903 6904 if (isFriend) { 6905 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6906 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6907 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6908 } 6909 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6910 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6911 } 6912 6913 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6914 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 6915 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 6916 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6917 case FDK_Declaration: 6918 case FDK_Definition: 6919 break; 6920 6921 case FDK_Defaulted: 6922 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6923 break; 6924 6925 case FDK_Deleted: 6926 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6927 break; 6928 } 6929 6930 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6931 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6932 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6933 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6934 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6935 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6936 } 6937 6938 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6939 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6940 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6941 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6942 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6943 // the class. 6944 6945 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6946 // member function definition. 6947 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6948 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6949 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6950 } 6951 6952 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6953 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6954 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6955 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6956 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6957 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6958 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6959 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6960 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6961 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 6962 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 6963 } 6964 } 6965 6966 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6967 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6968 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6969 isExplicitSpecialization || 6970 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6971 6972 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6973 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6974 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6975 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6976 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6977 SE->getString(), 0)); 6978 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6979 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6980 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6981 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6982 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6983 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6984 } 6985 } 6986 6987 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6988 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6989 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6990 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6991 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6992 6993 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6994 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6995 // single void argument. 6996 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6997 // already checks for that case. 6998 if (FTI.NumParams == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.Params[0].Ident == 0 && 6999 FTI.Params[0].Param && 7000 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 7001 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 7002 } else if (FTI.NumParams > 0 && FTI.Params[0].Param != 0) { 7003 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7004 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7005 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7006 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7007 Params.push_back(Param); 7008 7009 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7010 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7011 } 7012 } 7013 7014 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7015 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7016 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7017 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7018 // 7019 // @code 7020 // typedef void fn(int); 7021 // fn f; 7022 // @endcode 7023 7024 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7025 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7026 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7027 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7028 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7029 Params.push_back(Param); 7030 } 7031 } else { 7032 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7033 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7034 } 7035 7036 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7037 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7038 7039 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7040 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7041 // 7042 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7043 // 7044 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7045 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7046 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7047 7048 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7049 NewFD->addAttr( 7050 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7051 Context, 0)); 7052 7053 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7054 // because all functions have linkage. 7055 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7056 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7057 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7058 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7059 } 7060 7061 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7062 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7063 NewFD->addAttr( 7064 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7065 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7066 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7067 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7068 PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD)) 7069 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7070 } 7071 7072 // Handle attributes. 7073 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7074 7075 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7076 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7077 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7078 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7079 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7080 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7081 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7082 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7083 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7084 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7085 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7086 } 7087 7088 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7089 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7090 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7091 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7092 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7093 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7094 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7095 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7096 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7097 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7098 } 7099 } 7100 7101 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7102 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7103 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7104 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7105 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7106 7107 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7108 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7109 7110 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7111 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7112 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7113 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7114 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7115 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7116 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7117 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7118 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7119 } else { 7120 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7121 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7122 // 7123 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7124 // 7125 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7126 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7127 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7128 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7129 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7130 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7131 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7132 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7133 7134 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7135 // argument list into our AST format. 7136 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7137 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7138 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7139 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7140 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7141 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7142 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7143 TemplateArgs); 7144 7145 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7146 7147 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7148 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7149 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7150 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7151 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7152 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7153 7154 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7155 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7156 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 7157 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 7158 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 7159 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 7160 // too few of them). 7161 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 7162 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 7163 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 7164 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 7165 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 7166 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 7167 "template<> "); 7168 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7169 } else { 7170 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7171 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7172 } 7173 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7174 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7175 // wrote something like: 7176 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7177 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7178 // friend void foo<>(int); 7179 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7180 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7181 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7182 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7183 } 7184 7185 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7186 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7187 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7188 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7189 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7190 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7191 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7192 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7193 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7194 InstantiationDependent))) { 7195 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7196 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7197 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7198 Previous)) 7199 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7200 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7201 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7202 && !isFriend) { 7203 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7204 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7205 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7206 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7207 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7208 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7209 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 7210 Previous)) 7211 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7212 7213 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7214 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7215 // specialization (14.7.3) 7216 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7217 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7218 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7219 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7220 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7221 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7222 << SC 7223 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7224 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7225 7226 else 7227 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7228 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7229 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7230 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7231 } 7232 7233 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7234 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7235 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7236 } 7237 7238 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7239 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7240 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7241 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7242 7243 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7244 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7245 7246 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7247 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7248 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7249 } 7250 7251 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7252 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7253 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7254 7255 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7256 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7257 : NewFD); 7258 7259 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7260 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7261 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7262 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7263 7264 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7265 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7266 } 7267 7268 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7269 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7270 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7271 7272 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7273 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7274 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7275 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7276 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7277 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7278 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 7279 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7280 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7281 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7282 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7283 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7284 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7285 DC->isDependentContext()) 7286 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7287 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7288 } 7289 7290 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7291 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7292 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7293 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7294 AddToScope }; 7295 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7296 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7297 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7298 7299 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7300 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7301 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7302 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7303 7304 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7305 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7306 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7307 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7308 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7309 // can actually do this check immediately. 7310 if (isFriend && 7311 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7312 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7313 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7314 // ignore these 7315 } else { 7316 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7317 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7318 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7319 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7320 // 7321 // class X { 7322 // void f() const; 7323 // }; 7324 // 7325 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7326 // 7327 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7328 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7329 // whether the parameter types are references). 7330 7331 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7332 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) { 7333 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7334 return Result; 7335 } 7336 } 7337 7338 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7339 // to something. 7340 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7341 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7342 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7343 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7344 return Result; 7345 } 7346 } 7347 7348 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7349 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7350 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7351 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7352 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7353 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7354 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7355 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7356 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7357 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7358 // generate them. 7359 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7360 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7361 } 7362 } 7363 7364 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7365 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7366 7367 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7368 7369 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7370 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7371 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7372 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7373 << NewFD; 7374 7375 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7376 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7377 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7378 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7379 EPI.Variadic = true; 7380 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7381 7382 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7383 NewFD->setType(R); 7384 } 7385 7386 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7387 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7388 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7389 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7390 7391 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7392 // marking the function. 7393 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7394 7395 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7396 // the map of such variables. 7397 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7398 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7399 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7400 7401 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7402 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7403 7404 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7405 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7406 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7407 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7408 } 7409 7410 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7411 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7412 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7413 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7414 return FunctionTemplate; 7415 } 7416 } 7417 7418 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7419 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7420 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7421 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7422 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7423 D.setInvalidType(); 7424 } 7425 7426 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7427 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7428 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7429 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 7430 D.setInvalidType(); 7431 } 7432 7433 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7434 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7435 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7436 } 7437 7438 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7439 7440 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7441 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7442 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7443 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7444 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7445 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7446 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7447 7448 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7449 } 7450 } 7451 7452 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7453 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7454 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7455 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7456 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7457 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7458 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7459 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7460 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7461 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7462 AddToScope = false; 7463 } 7464 7465 return NewFD; 7466 } 7467 7468 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7469 /// 7470 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7471 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7472 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7473 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7474 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7475 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7476 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7477 /// 7478 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7479 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7480 /// 7481 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7482 /// 7483 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7484 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7485 LookupResult &Previous, 7486 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7487 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7488 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7489 7490 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7491 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7492 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7493 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7494 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7495 7496 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7497 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7498 7499 bool Redeclaration = false; 7500 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 7501 7502 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7503 // the same name, if appropriate. 7504 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7505 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7506 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7507 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7508 // function to the scope. 7509 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7510 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7511 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7512 Redeclaration = true; 7513 OldDecl = Candidate; 7514 } 7515 } else { 7516 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7517 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7518 case Ovl_Match: 7519 Redeclaration = true; 7520 break; 7521 7522 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7523 Redeclaration = true; 7524 break; 7525 7526 case Ovl_Overload: 7527 Redeclaration = false; 7528 break; 7529 } 7530 7531 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7532 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7533 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7534 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7535 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7536 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 7537 if (Redeclaration) 7538 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7539 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7540 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7541 if (OverloadedDecl) 7542 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7543 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7544 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7545 } 7546 } 7547 } 7548 7549 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7550 if (!Redeclaration && 7551 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7552 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7553 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7554 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7555 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7556 Redeclaration = true; 7557 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7558 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7559 7560 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7561 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7562 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7563 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7564 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7565 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7566 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7567 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7568 } 7569 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7570 Redeclaration = false; 7571 OldDecl = 0; 7572 } 7573 } 7574 } 7575 } 7576 7577 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7578 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7579 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7580 // 7581 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7582 // definition of a static member function. 7583 // 7584 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7585 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7586 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7587 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7588 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7589 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7590 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0; 7591 if (OldDecl) 7592 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7593 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7594 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7595 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7596 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7597 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7598 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7599 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7600 7601 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7602 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7603 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7604 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7605 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7606 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7607 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7608 7609 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7610 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7611 } 7612 } 7613 } 7614 7615 if (Redeclaration) { 7616 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7617 // merged. 7618 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7619 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7620 return Redeclaration; 7621 } 7622 7623 Previous.clear(); 7624 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7625 7626 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7627 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7628 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7629 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7630 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7631 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7632 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7633 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7634 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7635 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7636 } 7637 7638 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7639 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7640 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7641 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7642 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7643 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7644 } 7645 7646 } else { 7647 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7648 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7649 7650 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7651 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7652 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7653 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7654 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7655 7656 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7657 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7658 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7659 7660 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7661 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7662 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7663 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7664 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7665 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7666 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7667 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7668 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7669 } 7670 } 7671 } 7672 } 7673 } 7674 7675 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7676 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7677 // C++-specific checks. 7678 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7679 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7680 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7681 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7682 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7683 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7684 7685 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7686 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7687 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7688 DeclarationName Name 7689 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7690 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7691 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7692 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7693 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7694 return Redeclaration; 7695 } 7696 } 7697 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7698 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7699 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7700 } 7701 7702 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7703 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7704 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7705 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7706 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7707 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7708 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7709 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7710 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7711 } 7712 } 7713 } 7714 7715 if (Method->isStatic()) 7716 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7717 } 7718 7719 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7720 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7721 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7722 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7723 return Redeclaration; 7724 } 7725 7726 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7727 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7728 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7729 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7730 return Redeclaration; 7731 } 7732 7733 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7734 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7735 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7736 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7737 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7738 7739 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7740 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7741 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7742 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7743 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7744 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7745 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7746 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7747 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7748 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7749 } 7750 } 7751 7752 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7753 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7754 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7755 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7756 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7757 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7758 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7759 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7760 << NewFD << R; 7761 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7762 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7763 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7764 } 7765 } 7766 return Redeclaration; 7767 } 7768 7769 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7770 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7771 if (!TSI) 7772 return SourceRange(); 7773 7774 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7775 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7776 if (!FunctionTL) 7777 return SourceRange(); 7778 7779 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc(); 7780 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7781 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7782 7783 return SourceRange(); 7784 } 7785 7786 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7787 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 7788 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 7789 // constexpr is ill-formed. 7790 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7791 // appear in a declaration of main. 7792 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7793 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7794 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7795 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7796 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7797 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7798 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7799 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7800 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7801 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7802 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7803 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7804 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7805 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7806 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7807 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7808 } 7809 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7810 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7811 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7812 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7813 } 7814 7815 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7816 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 7817 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 7818 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7819 return; 7820 } 7821 7822 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7823 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7824 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7825 7826 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7827 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7828 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7829 // set the flag which tells us that. 7830 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7831 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7832 7833 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7834 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7835 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7836 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7837 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7838 7839 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7840 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7841 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7842 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7843 7844 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7845 } else { 7846 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7847 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7848 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7849 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7850 else 7851 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7852 7853 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7854 } 7855 7856 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7857 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7858 7859 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7860 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 7861 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7862 7863 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7864 7865 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7866 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7867 // getting shifty. 7868 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7869 HasExtraParameters = false; 7870 7871 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7872 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7873 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7874 nparams = 3; 7875 } 7876 7877 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7878 // if we had some location information about types. 7879 7880 QualType CharPP = 7881 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7882 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7883 7884 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7885 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 7886 7887 bool mismatch = true; 7888 7889 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7890 mismatch = false; 7891 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7892 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7893 // char const ** 7894 // char const * const * 7895 // char * const * 7896 7897 QualifierCollector qs; 7898 const PointerType* PT; 7899 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7900 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7901 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7902 Context.CharTy)) { 7903 qs.removeConst(); 7904 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7905 } 7906 } 7907 7908 if (mismatch) { 7909 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7910 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7911 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7912 } 7913 } 7914 7915 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7916 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7917 } 7918 7919 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7920 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 7921 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7922 } 7923 } 7924 7925 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7926 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7927 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7928 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7929 7930 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 7931 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 7932 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 7933 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 7934 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 7935 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 7936 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 7937 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7938 7939 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7940 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 7941 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7942 } 7943 } 7944 7945 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7946 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7947 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7948 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7949 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7950 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7951 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7952 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7953 // rules there don't matter.) 7954 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7955 return false; 7956 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7957 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7958 return true; 7959 } 7960 7961 namespace { 7962 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7963 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7964 class SelfReferenceChecker 7965 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7966 Sema &S; 7967 Decl *OrigDecl; 7968 bool isRecordType; 7969 bool isPODType; 7970 bool isReferenceType; 7971 7972 public: 7973 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7974 7975 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7976 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7977 isPODType = false; 7978 isRecordType = false; 7979 isReferenceType = false; 7980 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7981 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7982 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7983 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7984 } 7985 } 7986 7987 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7988 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7989 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7990 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7991 if (isReferenceType) 7992 return; 7993 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7994 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7995 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7996 return; 7997 } 7998 7999 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8000 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8001 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8002 return; 8003 } 8004 8005 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8006 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8007 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8008 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8009 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8010 return; 8011 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8012 } 8013 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8014 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8015 return; 8016 } 8017 } 8018 8019 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 8020 // bad, not just r-value uses. 8021 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8022 if (isReferenceType) 8023 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8024 } 8025 8026 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8027 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 8028 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 8029 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8030 8031 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8032 } 8033 8034 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8035 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8036 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8037 8038 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8039 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8040 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8041 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8042 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8043 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8044 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8045 Warn = false; 8046 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8047 } 8048 8049 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8050 if (Warn) 8051 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8052 return; 8053 } 8054 8055 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8056 // Visit that expression. 8057 Visit(Base); 8058 } 8059 8060 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8061 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 8062 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 8063 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8064 8065 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8066 } 8067 8068 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8069 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8070 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8071 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8072 if (!isPODType) 8073 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8074 return; 8075 } 8076 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8077 } 8078 8079 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8080 8081 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8082 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8083 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8084 unsigned diag; 8085 if (isReferenceType) { 8086 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8087 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8088 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8089 } else { 8090 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8091 } 8092 8093 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8094 S.PDiag(diag) 8095 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8096 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8097 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8098 } 8099 }; 8100 8101 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8102 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8103 bool DirectInit) { 8104 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8105 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8106 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8107 return; 8108 8109 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8110 8111 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8112 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8113 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8114 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8115 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8116 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8117 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8118 return; 8119 8120 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 8121 } 8122 } 8123 8124 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8125 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8126 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8127 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8128 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8129 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8130 // the initializer. 8131 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8132 return; 8133 8134 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8135 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8136 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8137 // Thus this grotesque test. 8138 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8139 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8140 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8141 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8142 else { 8143 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8144 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8145 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8146 } 8147 return; 8148 } 8149 8150 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8151 if (!VDecl) { 8152 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8153 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8154 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8155 return; 8156 } 8157 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8158 8159 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8160 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8161 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8162 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8163 // contains exactly one expression. 8164 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8165 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8166 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8167 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8168 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8169 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8170 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8171 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8172 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8173 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8174 return; 8175 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8176 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8177 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8178 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8179 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8180 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8181 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8182 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8183 return; 8184 } else { 8185 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8186 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8187 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8188 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8189 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8190 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8191 } 8192 } 8193 8194 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8195 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8196 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8197 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8198 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8199 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8200 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8201 return; 8202 } 8203 Init = Result.take(); 8204 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8205 } 8206 8207 QualType DeducedType; 8208 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8209 DAR_Failed) 8210 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8211 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8212 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8213 return; 8214 } 8215 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8216 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8217 8218 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8219 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8220 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8221 8222 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8223 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8224 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8225 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8226 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8227 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8228 SourceLocation Loc = 8229 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8230 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8231 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8232 } 8233 8234 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8235 // the previously declared type. 8236 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8237 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8238 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8239 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8240 } 8241 8242 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8243 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8244 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8245 return; 8246 } 8247 8248 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8249 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8250 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8251 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8252 return; 8253 } 8254 8255 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8256 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8257 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8258 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8259 return; 8260 } 8261 8262 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8263 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8264 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8265 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8266 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8267 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8268 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8269 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8270 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8271 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8272 return; 8273 } 8274 8275 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8276 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8277 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8278 AbstractVariableType)) 8279 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8280 } 8281 8282 const VarDecl *Def; 8283 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8284 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8285 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8286 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8287 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8288 return; 8289 } 8290 8291 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 8292 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8293 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8294 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8295 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8296 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8297 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8298 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8299 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8300 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8301 // 8302 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8303 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8304 // declaration with an initializer. 8305 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8306 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8307 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8308 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8309 return; 8310 } 8311 8312 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8313 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8314 8315 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8316 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8317 return; 8318 } 8319 } 8320 8321 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8322 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8323 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8324 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8325 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8326 return; 8327 } 8328 8329 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8330 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8331 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8332 8333 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8334 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8335 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8336 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8337 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8338 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8339 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8340 return; 8341 } 8342 Init = Result.take(); 8343 } 8344 8345 // Perform the initialization. 8346 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8347 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8348 InitializationKind Kind 8349 = DirectInit ? 8350 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8351 Init->getLocStart(), 8352 Init->getLocEnd()) 8353 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8354 VDecl->getLocation()) 8355 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8356 Init->getLocStart()); 8357 8358 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8359 if (CXXDirectInit) 8360 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8361 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8362 8363 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8364 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8365 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8366 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8367 return; 8368 } 8369 8370 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8371 } 8372 8373 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8374 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8375 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8376 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8377 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8378 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8379 } 8380 8381 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8382 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8383 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8384 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8385 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8386 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8387 8388 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8389 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8390 8391 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8392 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8393 8394 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8395 // Although this code can still have problems: 8396 // id x = self.weakProp; 8397 // id y = self.weakProp; 8398 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8399 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8400 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8401 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 8402 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 8403 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8404 Init->getLocStart()); 8405 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8406 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8407 } 8408 } 8409 8410 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8411 // 8412 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8413 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8414 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8415 // 8416 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8417 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8418 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8419 // 8420 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8421 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8422 false, 8423 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8424 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8425 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8426 return; 8427 } 8428 Init = Result.take(); 8429 8430 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8431 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8432 8433 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8434 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8435 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8436 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8437 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8438 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8439 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8440 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8441 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8442 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8443 // constant expressions. 8444 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8445 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8446 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 8447 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), 8448 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8449 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8450 } 8451 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8452 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8453 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8454 // 8455 // struct S { 8456 // static const int value = 17; 8457 // }; 8458 8459 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8460 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8461 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8462 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8463 // 8464 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8465 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8466 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8467 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8468 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8469 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8470 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8471 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8472 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8473 8474 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8475 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8476 8477 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8478 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8479 // type. 8480 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8481 8482 // Require constness. 8483 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8484 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8485 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8486 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8487 8488 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8489 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8490 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8491 SourceLocation Loc; 8492 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8493 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8494 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8495 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8496 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8497 ; // Nothing to check. 8498 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8499 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8500 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8501 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8502 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8503 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8504 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8505 } else { 8506 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8507 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8508 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8509 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8510 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8511 } 8512 8513 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8514 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8515 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8516 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8517 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8518 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8519 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8520 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8521 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8522 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8523 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8524 } else { 8525 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8526 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8527 8528 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8529 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8530 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8531 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8532 } 8533 } 8534 8535 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8536 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8537 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8538 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8539 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8540 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8541 8542 } else { 8543 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8544 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8545 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8546 } 8547 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8548 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8549 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8550 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8551 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8552 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8553 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8554 8555 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8556 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8557 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8558 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8559 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 8560 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 8561 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 8562 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 8563 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 8564 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 8565 // initialization. 8566 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 8567 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 8568 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8569 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8570 } 8571 } 8572 8573 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8574 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8575 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8576 // 8577 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8578 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8579 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8580 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8581 // special case code. 8582 8583 // C++ 8.5p11: 8584 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8585 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8586 // class type. 8587 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8588 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8589 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8590 } else if (DirectInit) { 8591 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8592 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8593 } 8594 8595 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8596 } 8597 8598 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8599 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8600 /// of sanity. 8601 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8602 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8603 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8604 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8605 8606 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8607 if (!VD) return; 8608 8609 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8610 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8611 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8612 return; 8613 } 8614 8615 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8616 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8617 8618 // Require a complete type. 8619 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8620 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8621 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8622 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8623 return; 8624 } 8625 8626 // Require a non-abstract type. 8627 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8628 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8629 AbstractVariableType)) { 8630 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8631 return; 8632 } 8633 8634 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8635 // though. 8636 } 8637 8638 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8639 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8640 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8641 if (RealDecl == 0) 8642 return; 8643 8644 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8645 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8646 8647 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8648 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8649 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8650 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8651 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8652 return; 8653 } 8654 8655 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8656 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8657 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8658 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8659 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8660 // member. 8661 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8662 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8663 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8664 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8665 << Var->getDeclName(); 8666 else 8667 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8668 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8669 return; 8670 } 8671 8672 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 8673 // be initialized. 8674 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8675 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 8676 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 8677 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 8678 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8679 return; 8680 } 8681 8682 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8683 case VarDecl::Definition: 8684 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8685 break; 8686 8687 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8688 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8689 // a declaration. 8690 // 8691 // Fall through 8692 8693 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8694 // It's only a declaration. 8695 8696 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8697 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8698 // object shall be complete. 8699 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8700 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8701 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8702 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8703 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8704 8705 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8706 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8707 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8708 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8709 AbstractVariableType)) 8710 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8711 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8712 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8713 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8714 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8715 } 8716 8717 return; 8718 8719 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8720 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8721 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8722 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8723 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8724 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8725 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8726 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8727 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8728 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8729 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8730 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8731 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8732 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8733 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8734 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8735 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8736 // NOTE: code such as the following 8737 // static struct s; 8738 // struct s { int a; }; 8739 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8740 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8741 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8742 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8743 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8744 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8745 } 8746 } 8747 8748 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8749 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8750 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8751 return; 8752 } 8753 8754 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8755 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8756 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8757 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8758 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8759 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8760 return; 8761 } 8762 8763 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8764 // definitions with reference type. 8765 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8766 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8767 << Var->getDeclName() 8768 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8769 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8770 return; 8771 } 8772 8773 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8774 // variable with dependent type. 8775 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8776 return; 8777 8778 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8779 return; 8780 8781 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8782 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8783 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8784 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8785 return; 8786 } 8787 8788 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8789 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8790 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8791 AbstractVariableType)) { 8792 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8793 return; 8794 } 8795 8796 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8797 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8798 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8799 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8800 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8801 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8802 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8803 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8804 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8805 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8806 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8807 if (const RecordType *Record 8808 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8809 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8810 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8811 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8812 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8813 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8814 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8815 } 8816 } 8817 8818 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8819 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8820 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8821 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8822 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8823 // type shall have a user-declared default 8824 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8825 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8826 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8827 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8828 // program is ill-formed. 8829 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8830 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8831 // default-initialized; [...]. 8832 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8833 InitializationKind Kind 8834 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8835 8836 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8837 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8838 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8839 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8840 else if (Init.get()) { 8841 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8842 // This is important for template substitution. 8843 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8844 } 8845 8846 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8847 } 8848 } 8849 8850 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8851 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8852 if (!VD) { 8853 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8854 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8855 return; 8856 } 8857 8858 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8859 8860 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8861 int Error = -1; 8862 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8863 case SC_None: 8864 break; 8865 case SC_Extern: 8866 Error = 0; 8867 break; 8868 case SC_Static: 8869 Error = 1; 8870 break; 8871 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8872 Error = 2; 8873 break; 8874 case SC_Auto: 8875 Error = 3; 8876 break; 8877 case SC_Register: 8878 Error = 4; 8879 break; 8880 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8881 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8882 } 8883 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8884 Error = 5; 8885 if (Error != -1) { 8886 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8887 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8888 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8889 } 8890 } 8891 8892 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8893 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8894 8895 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8896 // local retaining variable. 8897 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8898 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8899 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8900 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8901 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8902 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8903 break; 8904 8905 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8906 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8907 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8908 break; 8909 } 8910 } 8911 8912 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 8913 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 8914 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 8915 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 8916 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 8917 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8918 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8919 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 8920 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8921 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8922 var->getLocation())) { 8923 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8924 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8925 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8926 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8927 8928 if (!prev) 8929 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8930 } 8931 8932 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8933 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8934 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8935 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8936 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8937 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8938 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8939 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8940 } 8941 8942 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8943 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8944 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 8945 int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read; 8946 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 8947 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 8948 else if (!var->getInit()) { 8949 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 8950 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 8951 } else { 8952 Stack = &DataSegStack; 8953 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 8954 } 8955 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 8956 var->addAttr( 8957 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8958 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 8959 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8960 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 8961 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 8962 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8963 } 8964 8965 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8966 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8967 8968 QualType type = var->getType(); 8969 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8970 8971 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8972 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8973 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8974 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8975 8976 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8977 // constructing this copy. 8978 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8979 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8980 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8981 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8982 ExprResult result 8983 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8984 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8985 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8986 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8987 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8988 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8989 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8990 } 8991 } 8992 } 8993 8994 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8995 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8996 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8997 8998 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8999 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9000 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9001 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9002 var->getLocation()) 9003 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) { 9004 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9005 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9006 // warned about them. 9007 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9008 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9009 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9010 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9011 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9012 } 9013 9014 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9015 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9016 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9017 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9018 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9019 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9020 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9021 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9022 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9023 Notes.clear(); 9024 } 9025 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9026 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9027 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9028 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9029 } 9030 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9031 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9032 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9033 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9034 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9035 } 9036 } 9037 9038 // Require the destructor. 9039 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9040 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9041 } 9042 9043 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9044 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9045 void 9046 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9047 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9048 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9049 9050 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9051 if (!VD) 9052 return; 9053 9054 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9055 9056 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9057 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9058 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9059 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9060 } 9061 } 9062 9063 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9064 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9065 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9066 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9067 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9068 << VD->getDeclName(); 9069 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9070 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9071 } 9072 } 9073 } 9074 9075 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9076 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9077 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9078 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9079 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9080 9081 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9082 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 9083 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9084 9085 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9086 // tag values. 9087 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9088 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9089 return; 9090 9091 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9092 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9093 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9094 continue; 9095 } 9096 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9097 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9098 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9099 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9100 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9101 continue; 9102 } 9103 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9104 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9105 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9106 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9107 continue; 9108 } 9109 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9110 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9111 MagicValue, 9112 I->getMatchingCType(), 9113 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9114 I->getMustBeNull()); 9115 } 9116 } 9117 9118 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9119 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9120 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9121 9122 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9123 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9124 9125 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0; 9126 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9127 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9128 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9129 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9130 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9131 Decls.push_back(D); 9132 } 9133 9134 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9135 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9136 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9137 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9138 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9139 } 9140 } 9141 9142 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9143 } 9144 9145 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9146 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9147 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9148 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9149 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9150 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9151 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9152 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9153 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9154 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9155 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9156 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9157 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9158 QualType Deduced; 9159 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9160 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 9161 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9162 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9163 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9164 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9165 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9166 break; 9167 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9168 if (!U.isNull()) { 9169 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9170 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9171 Deduced = U; 9172 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9173 DeducedDecl = D; 9174 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9175 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9176 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9177 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9178 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9179 << U << D->getDeclName() 9180 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9181 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9182 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9183 break; 9184 } 9185 } 9186 } 9187 } 9188 } 9189 9190 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9191 9192 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9193 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9194 } 9195 9196 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9197 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9198 } 9199 9200 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9201 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9202 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9203 return; 9204 9205 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 9206 Group[0]->getLocation()) 9207 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 9208 return; 9209 9210 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9211 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9212 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9213 // additional declaration references: 9214 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9215 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9216 // 'struct S *pS;' 9217 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9218 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9219 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9220 Group = Group.slice(1); 9221 } 9222 } 9223 9224 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9225 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9226 if (!Comments.empty() && 9227 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9228 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9229 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9230 // 9231 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9232 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9233 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9234 // ahead through comments. 9235 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9236 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9237 } 9238 } 9239 9240 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9241 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9242 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9243 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9244 9245 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9246 9247 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9248 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9249 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9250 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9251 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9252 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9253 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9254 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9255 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9256 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9257 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9258 } 9259 9260 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9261 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9262 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9263 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9264 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9265 << 0; 9266 9267 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9268 9269 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9270 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9271 9272 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9273 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9274 // parameter. 9275 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9276 9277 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9278 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9279 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9280 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9281 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9282 } 9283 } 9284 9285 // Ensure we have a valid name 9286 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 9287 if (D.hasName()) { 9288 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9289 if (!II) { 9290 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9291 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9292 D.setInvalidType(true); 9293 } 9294 } 9295 9296 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9297 if (II) { 9298 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9299 ForRedeclaration); 9300 LookupName(R, S); 9301 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9302 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9303 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9304 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9305 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9306 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9307 PrevDecl = 0; 9308 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9309 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9310 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9311 9312 // Recover by removing the name 9313 II = 0; 9314 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9315 D.setInvalidType(true); 9316 } 9317 } 9318 } 9319 9320 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9321 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9322 // looking like class members in C++. 9323 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9324 D.getLocStart(), 9325 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9326 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9327 StorageClass); 9328 9329 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9330 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9331 9332 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9333 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9334 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9335 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9336 9337 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9338 S->AddDecl(New); 9339 if (II) 9340 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9341 9342 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9343 9344 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9345 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9346 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9347 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9348 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9349 9350 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9351 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9352 } 9353 return New; 9354 } 9355 9356 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9357 /// typedef. 9358 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9359 SourceLocation Loc, 9360 QualType T) { 9361 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9362 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9363 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9364 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 9365 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9366 SC_None, 0); 9367 Param->setImplicit(); 9368 return Param; 9369 } 9370 9371 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9372 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9373 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9374 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9375 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9376 return; 9377 9378 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9379 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9380 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9381 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9382 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9383 } 9384 } 9385 } 9386 9387 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9388 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9389 QualType ReturnTy, 9390 NamedDecl *D) { 9391 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9392 return; 9393 9394 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9395 // threshold. 9396 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9397 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9398 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9399 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9400 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9401 } 9402 9403 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9404 // threshold. 9405 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9406 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9407 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9408 continue; 9409 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9410 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9411 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9412 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9413 } 9414 } 9415 9416 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9417 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9418 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9419 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9420 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9421 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9422 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9423 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9424 9425 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9426 9427 // Special cases for arrays: 9428 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9429 // - otherwise, it's an error 9430 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9431 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9432 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9433 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9434 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9435 } 9436 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9437 } else { 9438 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9439 } 9440 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9441 } 9442 9443 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9444 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9445 TSInfo, 9446 StorageClass, 0); 9447 9448 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9449 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9450 // the class has been completely parsed. 9451 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9452 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9453 AbstractParamType)) 9454 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9455 9456 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9457 // passed by reference. 9458 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9459 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9460 Diag(NameLoc, 9461 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9462 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9463 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9464 New->setType(T); 9465 } 9466 9467 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9468 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9469 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9470 // an address space. 9471 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9472 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 9473 // to be qualified with an address space. 9474 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 9475 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9476 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9477 } 9478 } 9479 9480 return New; 9481 } 9482 9483 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9484 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9485 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9486 9487 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9488 // for a K&R function. 9489 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9490 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9491 --i; 9492 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == 0) { 9493 SmallString<256> Code; 9494 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 9495 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 9496 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9497 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 9498 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9499 9500 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9501 // type. 9502 AttributeFactory attrs; 9503 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9504 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9505 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9506 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 9507 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9508 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9509 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9510 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9511 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9512 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9513 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9514 } 9515 } 9516 } 9517 } 9518 9519 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9520 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 9521 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9522 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9523 9524 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9525 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9526 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9527 } 9528 9529 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9530 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9531 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9532 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9533 return false; 9534 9535 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9536 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9537 return false; 9538 9539 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9540 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9541 return false; 9542 9543 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9544 if (FD->isMain()) 9545 return false; 9546 9547 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9548 if (FD->isInlined()) 9549 return false; 9550 9551 // Don't warn about function templates. 9552 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9553 return false; 9554 9555 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9556 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9557 return false; 9558 9559 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9560 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9561 return false; 9562 9563 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9564 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9565 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9566 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9567 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9568 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9569 continue; 9570 9571 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9572 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9573 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9574 break; 9575 } 9576 9577 return MissingPrototype; 9578 } 9579 9580 void 9581 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9582 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9583 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9584 // was an extern inline function. 9585 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9586 if (!Definition) 9587 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9588 return; 9589 9590 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9591 return; 9592 9593 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9594 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9595 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9596 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9597 else 9598 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9599 9600 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9601 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9602 } 9603 9604 9605 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9606 Sema &S) { 9607 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9608 9609 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 9610 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9611 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9612 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 9613 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9614 9615 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9616 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9617 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9618 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9619 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9620 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9621 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9622 9623 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9624 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9625 9626 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 9627 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 9628 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 9629 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 9630 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 9631 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 9632 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 9633 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 9634 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 9635 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 9636 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 9637 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 9638 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 9639 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0); 9640 9641 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 9642 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 9643 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0); 9644 } 9645 } 9646 } 9647 9648 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9649 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9650 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9651 9652 if (!D) 9653 return D; 9654 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9655 9656 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9657 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9658 else 9659 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9660 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9661 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9662 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9663 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9664 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9665 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9666 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9667 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9668 // have the LSI properly restored. 9669 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9670 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9671 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9672 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9673 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9674 } 9675 else 9676 // Enter a new function scope 9677 PushFunctionScope(); 9678 9679 // See if this is a redefinition. 9680 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9681 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9682 9683 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9684 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9685 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9686 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9687 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9688 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9689 } 9690 } 9691 9692 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9693 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9694 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 9695 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9696 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9697 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9698 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9699 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9700 9701 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9702 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9703 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9704 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9705 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9706 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 9707 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9708 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9709 9710 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9711 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9712 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9713 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9714 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9715 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9716 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9717 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9718 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9719 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9720 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9721 } 9722 } 9723 } 9724 9725 if (FnBodyScope) 9726 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9727 9728 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9729 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9730 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9731 9732 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9733 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 9734 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9735 9736 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9737 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9738 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9739 9740 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9741 } 9742 } 9743 9744 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9745 // introduce them into the function scope. 9746 if (FnBodyScope) { 9747 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 9748 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9749 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 9750 I != E; ++I) { 9751 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9752 9753 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9754 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9755 // and reattach to the current context. 9756 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9757 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9758 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 9759 if (DI == D) { 9760 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9761 break; 9762 } 9763 } 9764 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9765 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9766 } 9767 9768 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9769 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9770 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9771 9772 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9773 // accessible in this scope. 9774 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 9775 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 9776 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9777 } 9778 } 9779 } 9780 9781 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 9782 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9783 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 9784 9785 // Checking attributes of current function definition 9786 // dllimport attribute. 9787 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 9788 if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 9789 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 9790 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 9791 if (!DA->isInherited() && 9792 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 9793 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9794 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 9795 << DA; 9796 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9797 return D; 9798 } 9799 } 9800 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 9801 // a function template). 9802 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 9803 return D; 9804 } 9805 9806 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 9807 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 9808 /// optimization. 9809 /// 9810 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 9811 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 9812 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 9813 /// use the named return value optimization. 9814 /// 9815 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 9816 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 9817 /// the NRVO variable. 9818 /// 9819 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 9820 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 9821 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 9822 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 9823 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 9824 9825 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 9826 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 9827 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9828 return; 9829 9830 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9831 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9832 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9833 return; 9834 } 9835 9836 if (NRVOCandidate) 9837 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9838 } 9839 9840 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 9841 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 9842 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9843 return false; 9844 9845 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 9846 // return type (yet). 9847 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 9848 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 9849 // we can still delay parsing it. 9850 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 9851 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 9852 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 9853 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 9854 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 9855 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 9856 } 9857 } 9858 return false; 9859 } 9860 9861 return true; 9862 } 9863 9864 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9865 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9866 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9867 // rest of the file. 9868 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9869 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9870 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 9871 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 9872 return false; 9873 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 9874 } 9875 9876 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9877 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9878 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9879 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9880 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9881 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9882 } 9883 9884 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9885 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9886 } 9887 9888 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9889 bool IsInstantiation) { 9890 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0; 9891 9892 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9893 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9894 9895 if (FD) { 9896 FD->setBody(Body); 9897 9898 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9899 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9900 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9901 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9902 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9903 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9904 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9905 << FD->getReturnType(); 9906 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9907 } else { 9908 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9909 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9910 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc(); 9911 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9912 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9913 } 9914 } 9915 9916 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9917 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9918 // is the first declaration. 9919 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9920 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9921 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9922 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9923 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9924 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9925 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9926 } 9927 9928 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9929 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9930 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9931 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9932 9933 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9934 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 9935 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 9936 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9937 9938 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9939 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9940 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9941 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 9942 9943 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9944 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9945 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9946 9947 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9948 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9949 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 9951 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9952 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9953 } 9954 9955 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9956 "Function parsing confused"); 9957 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9958 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9959 MD->setBody(Body); 9960 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9961 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9962 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9963 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 9964 9965 if (Body) 9966 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9967 } 9968 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9969 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9970 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9971 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9972 } 9973 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 9974 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0; 9975 bool isDesignated = 9976 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 9977 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 9978 (void)isDesignated; 9979 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 9980 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) { 9981 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 9982 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 9983 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 9984 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 9985 } 9986 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 9987 } 9988 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 9989 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 9990 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 9991 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 9992 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 9993 } 9994 } else { 9995 return 0; 9996 } 9997 9998 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9999 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10000 "handled in the block above."); 10001 10002 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10003 if (Body) { 10004 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10005 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10006 // Verify this. 10007 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10008 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10009 10010 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10011 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10012 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 10013 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 10014 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10015 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10016 10017 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10018 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10019 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10020 10021 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10022 Destructor->getParent()); 10023 } 10024 10025 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10026 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10027 // deletion in some later function. 10028 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10029 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10030 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10031 } 10032 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10033 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10034 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10035 // enabled. 10036 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10037 } 10038 10039 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10040 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10041 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10042 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10043 10044 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10045 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10046 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10047 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10048 } 10049 10050 if (!IsInstantiation) 10051 PopDeclContext(); 10052 10053 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10054 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10055 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10056 // deletion in some later function. 10057 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10058 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10059 } 10060 10061 return dcl; 10062 } 10063 10064 10065 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10066 /// relevant Decl. 10067 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10068 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10069 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10070 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10071 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10072 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10073 10074 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10075 if (Method->isStatic()) 10076 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10077 } 10078 10079 10080 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10081 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10082 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10083 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10084 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10085 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10086 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10087 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10088 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10089 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10090 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10091 return ExternCPrev; 10092 } 10093 10094 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10095 unsigned diag_id; 10096 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10097 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10098 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10099 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10100 else 10101 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10102 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10103 10104 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10105 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10106 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10107 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10108 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 10109 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 10110 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) 10111 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10112 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10113 } 10114 10115 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10116 const char *Dummy; 10117 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10118 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10119 unsigned DiagID; 10120 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10121 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10122 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10123 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10124 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10125 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10126 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10127 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10128 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10129 /*Params=*/0, 10130 /*NumParams=*/0, 10131 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10132 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10133 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10134 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10135 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10136 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10137 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10138 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10139 EST_None, 10140 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10141 /*Exceptions=*/0, 10142 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 10143 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10144 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 10145 Loc, Loc, D), 10146 DS.getAttributes(), 10147 SourceLocation()); 10148 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10149 10150 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10151 10152 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10153 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10154 10155 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10156 FD->setImplicit(); 10157 10158 CurContext = PrevDC; 10159 10160 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10161 10162 return FD; 10163 } 10164 10165 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10166 /// the declaration of this function. 10167 /// 10168 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10169 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10170 /// like NSLog or printf. 10171 /// 10172 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10173 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10174 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10175 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10176 return; 10177 10178 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10179 // actual attributes. 10180 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10181 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10182 unsigned FormatIdx; 10183 bool HasVAListArg; 10184 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10185 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10186 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10187 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10188 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10189 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10190 fmt = "NSString"; 10191 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10192 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10193 FormatIdx+1, 10194 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10195 FD->getLocation())); 10196 } 10197 } 10198 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10199 HasVAListArg)) { 10200 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10201 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10202 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10203 FormatIdx+1, 10204 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10205 FD->getLocation())); 10206 } 10207 10208 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10209 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10210 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10211 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10212 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10213 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10214 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10215 } 10216 10217 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10218 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10219 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10220 FD->getLocation())); 10221 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10222 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10223 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10224 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10225 } 10226 10227 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10228 if (!Name) 10229 return; 10230 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10231 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10232 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10233 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10234 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10235 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10236 // about. 10237 } else 10238 return; 10239 10240 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10241 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10242 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10243 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10244 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10245 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10246 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10247 FD->getLocation())); 10248 } 10249 10250 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10251 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10252 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10253 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10254 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10255 FD->getLocation())); 10256 } 10257 } 10258 10259 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10260 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10261 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10262 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10263 10264 if (!TInfo) { 10265 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10266 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10267 } 10268 10269 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10270 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10271 D.getLocStart(), 10272 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10273 D.getIdentifier(), 10274 TInfo); 10275 10276 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10277 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10278 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10279 return NewTD; 10280 } 10281 10282 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10283 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10284 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10285 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10286 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10287 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10288 else 10289 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10290 } 10291 10292 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10293 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10294 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10295 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10296 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10297 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10298 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10299 case TST_enum: 10300 case TST_struct: 10301 case TST_interface: 10302 case TST_union: 10303 case TST_class: { 10304 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10305 10306 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10307 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10308 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10309 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10310 10311 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10312 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10313 10314 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10315 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10316 break; 10317 10318 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10319 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10320 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10321 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10322 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10323 // for how to handle it. 10324 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10325 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10326 10327 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10328 tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(), 10329 getLangOpts()); 10330 10331 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10332 textToInsert += ' '; 10333 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10334 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10335 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10336 break; 10337 } 10338 10339 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10340 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10341 break; 10342 } 10343 10344 default: 10345 break; 10346 } 10347 10348 return NewTD; 10349 } 10350 10351 10352 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10353 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10354 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10355 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10356 10357 if (T->isDependentType()) 10358 return false; 10359 10360 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10361 if (BT->isInteger()) 10362 return false; 10363 10364 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10365 return true; 10366 } 10367 10368 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10369 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10370 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10371 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10372 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10373 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10374 10375 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10376 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10377 << Prev->isScoped(); 10378 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10379 return true; 10380 } 10381 10382 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10383 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10384 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10385 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10386 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10387 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10388 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10389 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10390 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10391 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10392 return true; 10393 } 10394 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10395 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10396 << Prev->isFixed(); 10397 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10398 return true; 10399 } 10400 10401 return false; 10402 } 10403 10404 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10405 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10406 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10407 /// 10408 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10409 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10410 switch (Tag) { 10411 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10412 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10413 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10414 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10415 } 10416 } 10417 10418 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10419 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10420 /// 10421 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10422 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10423 { 10424 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10425 } 10426 10427 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10428 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10429 /// 10430 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10431 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10432 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10433 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10434 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10435 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10436 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10437 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10438 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10439 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10440 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10441 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10442 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10443 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10444 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10445 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10446 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10447 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10448 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10449 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10450 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10451 return true; 10452 10453 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10454 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10455 bool isTemplate = false; 10456 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10457 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10458 10459 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10460 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10461 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10462 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10463 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10464 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10465 return true; 10466 } 10467 10468 if (isDefinition) { 10469 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10470 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10471 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10472 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10473 return true; 10474 } 10475 10476 bool previousMismatch = false; 10477 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 10478 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10479 if (!previousMismatch) { 10480 previousMismatch = true; 10481 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10482 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10483 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10484 } 10485 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10486 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10487 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10488 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10489 } 10490 } 10491 return true; 10492 } 10493 10494 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10495 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10496 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10497 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10498 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10499 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10500 return true; 10501 } 10502 10503 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10504 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10505 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10506 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10507 10508 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 10509 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10510 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10511 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10512 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10513 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10514 } 10515 10516 return true; 10517 } 10518 return false; 10519 } 10520 10521 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10522 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10523 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10524 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10525 /// 10526 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 10527 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 10528 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10529 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10530 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10531 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10532 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10533 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10534 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10535 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10536 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10537 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 10538 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 10539 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10540 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10541 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10542 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10543 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10544 10545 OwnedDecl = false; 10546 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10547 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10548 10549 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10550 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10551 bool Invalid = false; 10552 10553 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10554 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10555 // for non-C++ cases. 10556 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10557 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10558 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10559 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10560 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend, 10561 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10562 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10563 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10564 return 0; 10565 } 10566 10567 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10568 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10569 // be a member of another template). 10570 10571 if (Invalid) 10572 return 0; 10573 10574 OwnedDecl = false; 10575 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10576 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10577 TemplateParams, AS, 10578 ModulePrivateLoc, 10579 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10580 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10581 return Result.get(); 10582 } else { 10583 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10584 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10585 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10586 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10587 } 10588 } 10589 } 10590 10591 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10592 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10593 // redeclaration. 10594 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10595 10596 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10597 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10598 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10599 // type, default to int. 10600 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10601 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10602 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10603 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10604 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 10605 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10606 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10607 10608 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10609 // Recover by falling back to int. 10610 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10611 10612 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10613 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10614 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10615 10616 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10617 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10618 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10619 } 10620 10621 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10622 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10623 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10624 10625 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10626 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10627 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10628 10629 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10630 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10631 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10632 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10633 10634 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10635 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10636 Name = 0; 10637 goto CreateNewDecl; 10638 } 10639 10640 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10641 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10642 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10643 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10644 if (!DC) { 10645 IsDependent = true; 10646 return 0; 10647 } 10648 } else { 10649 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10650 if (!DC) { 10651 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10652 << SS.getRange(); 10653 return 0; 10654 } 10655 } 10656 10657 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10658 return 0; 10659 10660 SearchDC = DC; 10661 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10662 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10663 10664 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10665 return 0; 10666 10667 if (Previous.empty()) { 10668 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10669 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10670 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10671 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10672 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10673 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10674 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10675 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10676 IsDependent = true; 10677 return 0; 10678 } 10679 10680 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10681 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10682 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10683 Name = 0; 10684 Invalid = true; 10685 goto CreateNewDecl; 10686 } 10687 } else if (Name) { 10688 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10689 // declaration or definition. 10690 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10691 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10692 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10693 LookupName(Previous, S); 10694 10695 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10696 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10697 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10698 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10699 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10700 while (F.hasNext()) { 10701 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10702 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10703 F.erase(); 10704 } 10705 F.done(); 10706 } 10707 10708 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10709 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10710 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10711 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10712 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10713 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10714 // 10715 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10716 // semantic context? 10717 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10718 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10719 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10720 while (F.hasNext()) { 10721 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10722 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10723 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10724 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10725 F.erase(); 10726 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10727 } 10728 } 10729 F.done(); 10730 } 10731 10732 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 10733 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10734 return 0; 10735 10736 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 10737 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 10738 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 10739 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 10740 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 10741 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 10742 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10743 } 10744 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 10745 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 10746 // initial context to the translation unit. 10747 // FIXME: [citation needed] 10748 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10749 } 10750 10751 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 10752 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 10753 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10754 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10755 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10756 Previous.clear(); 10757 } 10758 10759 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 10760 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 10761 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 10762 isStdBadAlloc = true; 10763 10764 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 10765 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 10766 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 10767 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 10768 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 10769 } 10770 } 10771 10772 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 10773 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 10774 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 10775 // there's a shadow friend decl. 10776 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 10777 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10778 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 10779 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 10780 10781 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10782 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 10783 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 10784 // 10785 // class-key identifier 10786 // 10787 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 10788 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 10789 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 10790 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 10791 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 10792 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 10793 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 10794 // declaration. 10795 // 10796 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 10797 // C structs and unions. 10798 // 10799 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 10800 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 10801 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 10802 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 10803 // 10804 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 10805 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 10806 // 10807 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 10808 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 10809 // lexical context, 10810 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10811 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10812 10813 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 10814 while (S->isClassScope() || 10815 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10816 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 10817 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 10818 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 10819 S = S->getParent(); 10820 } else { 10821 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 10822 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 10823 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 10824 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 10825 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 10826 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10827 } 10828 10829 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 10830 // diagnose some problems. 10831 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10832 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 10833 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 10834 } 10835 } 10836 10837 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10838 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10839 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 10840 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 10841 10842 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 10843 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 10844 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 10845 // in C++. 10846 // 10847 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 10848 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 10849 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 10850 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 10851 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10852 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10853 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 10854 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 10855 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 10856 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 10857 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 10858 PrevDecl = Tag; 10859 Previous.clear(); 10860 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 10861 Previous.resolveKind(); 10862 } 10863 } 10864 } 10865 } 10866 10867 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10868 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 10869 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 10870 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 10871 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 10872 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10873 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10874 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 10875 // struct or something similar. 10876 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 10877 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 10878 *Name)) { 10879 bool SafeToContinue 10880 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 10881 Kind != TTK_Enum); 10882 if (SafeToContinue) 10883 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10884 << Name 10885 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10886 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10887 else 10888 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10889 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10890 10891 if (SafeToContinue) 10892 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10893 else { 10894 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10895 Name = 0; 10896 Previous.clear(); 10897 Invalid = true; 10898 } 10899 } 10900 10901 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10902 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10903 10904 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10905 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10906 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10907 if (ScopedEnum) 10908 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10909 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10910 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10911 return PrevTagDecl; 10912 } 10913 10914 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10915 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10916 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 10917 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10918 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10919 10920 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10921 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10922 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10923 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10924 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10925 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10926 } 10927 10928 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10929 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10930 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10931 // and then later defined. 10932 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10933 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10934 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10935 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10936 } 10937 10938 if (!Invalid) { 10939 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10940 10941 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10942 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10943 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10944 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10945 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10946 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10947 return PrevTagDecl; 10948 10949 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10950 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10951 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10952 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10953 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10954 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10955 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10956 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10957 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10958 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10959 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10960 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10961 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10962 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10963 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10964 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10965 } 10966 10967 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10968 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10969 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10970 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10971 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10972 else 10973 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10974 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10975 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10976 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10977 // references get the previous definition. 10978 Name = 0; 10979 Previous.clear(); 10980 Invalid = true; 10981 } 10982 } else { 10983 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10984 // about a nested redefinition. 10985 const TagType *Tag 10986 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10987 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10988 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10989 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10990 diag::note_previous_definition); 10991 Name = 0; 10992 Previous.clear(); 10993 Invalid = true; 10994 } 10995 } 10996 10997 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10998 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10999 } 11000 } 11001 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11002 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11003 11004 } else { 11005 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11006 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11007 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11008 // have distinct types. 11009 Previous.clear(); 11010 } 11011 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11012 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11013 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11014 11015 11016 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11017 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11018 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11019 } else { 11020 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11021 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11022 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11023 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11024 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11025 unsigned Kind = 0; 11026 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11027 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11028 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11029 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11030 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11031 Invalid = true; 11032 11033 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11034 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11035 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11036 // do nothing 11037 11038 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11039 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11040 unsigned Kind = 0; 11041 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11042 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11043 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11044 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11045 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11046 Invalid = true; 11047 11048 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11049 // case here. 11050 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11051 unsigned Kind = 0; 11052 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11053 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11054 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11055 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11056 Invalid = true; 11057 11058 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11059 } else { 11060 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11061 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11062 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11063 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11064 Name = 0; 11065 Invalid = true; 11066 } 11067 11068 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11069 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11070 Previous.clear(); 11071 } 11072 } 11073 11074 CreateNewDecl: 11075 11076 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 11077 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11078 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11079 11080 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11081 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11082 // keyword. 11083 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11084 11085 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11086 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11087 // PrevDecl. 11088 TagDecl *New; 11089 11090 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11091 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11092 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11093 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11094 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11095 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11096 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11097 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11098 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11099 TagDecl *Def; 11100 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11101 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11102 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11103 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11104 } 11105 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11106 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11107 << New; 11108 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11109 } else { 11110 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11111 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11112 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11113 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11114 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11115 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11116 11117 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11118 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11119 // the declaration context. 11120 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11121 IsForwardReference = true; 11122 } 11123 } 11124 11125 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11126 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11127 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11128 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11129 else 11130 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11131 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11132 } 11133 11134 } else { 11135 // struct/union/class 11136 11137 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11138 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11139 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11140 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11141 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11142 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11143 11144 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11145 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11146 } else 11147 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11148 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11149 } 11150 11151 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11152 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11153 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11154 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11155 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11156 Invalid = true; 11157 } 11158 11159 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11160 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11161 if (SS.isSet()) { 11162 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11163 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11164 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11165 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11166 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11167 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11168 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11169 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11170 Invalid = true; 11171 11172 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11173 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11174 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11175 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11176 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11177 } 11178 } 11179 else 11180 Invalid = true; 11181 } 11182 11183 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11184 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11185 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11186 // 11187 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11188 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11189 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11190 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11191 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11192 // parsing of the struct). 11193 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11194 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11195 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11196 } 11197 } 11198 11199 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11200 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11201 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11202 << 2 11203 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11204 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11205 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11206 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11207 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11208 New->setModulePrivate(); 11209 } 11210 11211 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11212 // check the specialization. 11213 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11214 Invalid = true; 11215 11216 if (Invalid) 11217 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11218 11219 if (Attr) 11220 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11221 11222 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11223 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11224 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11225 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11226 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11227 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11228 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11229 } 11230 11231 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11232 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11233 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11234 11235 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11236 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11237 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11238 // the tag name visible. 11239 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11240 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 11241 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 11242 11243 // Set the access specifier. 11244 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11245 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11246 11247 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11248 New->startDefinition(); 11249 11250 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11251 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11252 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11253 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11254 if (PrevDecl) 11255 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11256 11257 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11258 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11259 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11260 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11261 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11262 } else if (Name) { 11263 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11264 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11265 if (IsForwardReference) 11266 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11267 11268 } else { 11269 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11270 } 11271 11272 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11273 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11274 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11275 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11276 II->isStr("FILE")) 11277 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11278 11279 if (PrevDecl) 11280 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11281 11282 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11283 // record. 11284 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11285 11286 OwnedDecl = true; 11287 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11288 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11289 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 11290 } 11291 11292 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11293 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11294 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11295 11296 // Enter the tag context. 11297 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11298 11299 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11300 11301 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11302 // record. 11303 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11304 } 11305 11306 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11307 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11308 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11309 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11310 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11311 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11312 CurContext = OCD; 11313 return IDecl; 11314 } 11315 11316 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11317 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11318 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11319 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11320 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11321 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11322 11323 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11324 11325 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11326 return; 11327 11328 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11329 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11330 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11331 11332 // C++ [class]p2: 11333 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11334 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11335 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11336 // as if it were a public member name. 11337 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11338 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11339 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11340 Record->getIdentifier(), 11341 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 11342 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11343 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11344 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11345 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11346 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11347 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11348 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11349 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11350 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11351 } 11352 11353 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11354 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11355 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11356 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11357 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11358 11359 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11360 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11361 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11362 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11363 RD->completeDefinition(); 11364 } 11365 11366 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11367 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11368 11369 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11370 PopDeclContext(); 11371 11372 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11373 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11374 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11375 11376 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11377 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11378 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11379 } 11380 11381 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11382 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11383 PopDeclContext(); 11384 } 11385 11386 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11387 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11388 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11389 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11390 } 11391 11392 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11393 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11394 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 11395 } 11396 11397 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11398 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11399 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11400 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11401 11402 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11403 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11404 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11405 RD->completeDefinition(); 11406 } 11407 11408 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11409 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11410 // the FieldCollector. 11411 11412 PopDeclContext(); 11413 } 11414 11415 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11416 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11417 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11418 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11419 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11420 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11421 if (ZeroWidth) 11422 *ZeroWidth = true; 11423 11424 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11425 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11426 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11427 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11428 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11429 return ExprError(); 11430 if (FieldName) 11431 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11432 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11433 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11434 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11435 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11436 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11437 return ExprError(); 11438 11439 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11440 // it now. 11441 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11442 return Owned(BitWidth); 11443 11444 llvm::APSInt Value; 11445 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11446 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11447 return ICE; 11448 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 11449 11450 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11451 *ZeroWidth = false; 11452 11453 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11454 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11455 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11456 11457 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11458 if (FieldName) 11459 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11460 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11461 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11462 << Value.toString(10); 11463 } 11464 11465 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11466 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11467 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11468 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 11469 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11470 if (FieldName) 11471 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11472 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11473 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11474 11475 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11476 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11477 } 11478 11479 if (FieldName) 11480 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11481 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11482 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11483 else 11484 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11485 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11486 } 11487 } 11488 11489 return Owned(BitWidth); 11490 } 11491 11492 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11493 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11494 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11495 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11496 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11497 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11498 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11499 return Res; 11500 } 11501 11502 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11503 /// 11504 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11505 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11506 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11507 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11508 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11509 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11510 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11511 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11512 11513 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11514 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11515 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11516 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11517 11518 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11519 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11520 D.setInvalidType(); 11521 T = Context.IntTy; 11522 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11523 } 11524 } 11525 11526 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11527 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11528 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11529 D.setInvalidType(); 11530 } 11531 11532 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11533 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11534 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11535 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11536 D.setInvalidType(); 11537 } 11538 11539 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11540 11541 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11542 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11543 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11544 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11545 11546 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11547 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 11548 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11549 LookupName(Previous, S); 11550 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11551 case LookupResult::Found: 11552 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11553 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11554 break; 11555 11556 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11557 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11558 break; 11559 11560 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11561 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11562 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11563 break; 11564 } 11565 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11566 11567 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11568 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11569 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11570 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11571 PrevDecl = 0; 11572 } 11573 11574 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11575 PrevDecl = 0; 11576 11577 bool Mutable 11578 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11579 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11580 FieldDecl *NewFD 11581 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11582 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11583 11584 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11585 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11586 11587 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11588 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11589 11590 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11591 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11592 // with the same name in the same scope. 11593 } else if (II) { 11594 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11595 } else 11596 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11597 11598 return NewFD; 11599 } 11600 11601 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11602 /// 11603 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11604 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11605 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11606 /// created. 11607 /// 11608 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11609 /// 11610 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11611 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11612 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11613 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11614 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11615 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11616 SourceLocation TSSL, 11617 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11618 Declarator *D) { 11619 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11620 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11621 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11622 11623 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11624 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11625 if (T.isNull()) { 11626 InvalidDecl = true; 11627 T = Context.IntTy; 11628 } 11629 11630 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11631 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11632 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11633 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11634 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11635 InvalidDecl = true; 11636 } else { 11637 NamedDecl *Def; 11638 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11639 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11640 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11641 InvalidDecl = true; 11642 } 11643 } 11644 } 11645 11646 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11647 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11648 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11649 InvalidDecl = true; 11650 } 11651 11652 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11653 // than a variably modified type. 11654 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11655 bool SizeIsNegative; 11656 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11657 11658 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11659 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11660 SizeIsNegative, 11661 Oversized); 11662 if (FixedTInfo) { 11663 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11664 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11665 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11666 } else { 11667 if (SizeIsNegative) 11668 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11669 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11670 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11671 << Oversized.toString(10); 11672 else 11673 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11674 InvalidDecl = true; 11675 } 11676 } 11677 11678 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11679 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11680 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11681 AbstractFieldType)) 11682 InvalidDecl = true; 11683 11684 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11685 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11686 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11687 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11688 &ZeroWidth).take(); 11689 if (!BitWidth) { 11690 InvalidDecl = true; 11691 BitWidth = 0; 11692 ZeroWidth = false; 11693 } 11694 } 11695 11696 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11697 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11698 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11699 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11700 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11701 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11702 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 11703 11704 if (DiagID) { 11705 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 11706 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 11707 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 11708 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 11709 Mutable = false; 11710 InvalidDecl = true; 11711 } 11712 } 11713 11714 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 11715 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 11716 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 11717 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 11718 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 11719 11720 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 11721 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 11722 if (InvalidDecl) 11723 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11724 11725 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11726 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11727 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11728 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11729 } 11730 11731 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11732 if (Record->isUnion()) { 11733 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11734 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11735 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11736 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 11737 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 11738 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 11739 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 11740 // objects. 11741 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 11742 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11743 } 11744 } 11745 11746 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 11747 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 11748 // enabled. 11749 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 11750 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 11751 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 11752 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 11753 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 11754 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 11755 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11756 } 11757 } 11758 } 11759 11760 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 11761 // representation, not a parser representation. 11762 if (D) { 11763 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 11764 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 11765 11766 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 11767 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 11768 } 11769 11770 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 11771 // retainable type. 11772 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 11773 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11774 11775 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 11776 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 11777 11778 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 11779 return NewFD; 11780 } 11781 11782 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 11783 assert(FD); 11784 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 11785 11786 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11787 return false; 11788 11789 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11790 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11791 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11792 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11793 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 11794 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 11795 // copy constructors. 11796 11797 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 11798 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 11799 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 11800 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 11801 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 11802 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 11803 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 11804 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 11805 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 11806 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 11807 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 11808 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 11809 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 11810 member = CXXDestructor; 11811 11812 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 11813 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11814 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 11815 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 11816 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 11817 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 11818 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 11819 // members unavailable. 11820 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 11821 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 11822 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 11823 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11824 "this system field has retaining ownership", 11825 Loc)); 11826 return false; 11827 } 11828 } 11829 11830 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 11831 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 11832 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 11833 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 11834 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 11835 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 11836 } 11837 } 11838 } 11839 11840 return false; 11841 } 11842 11843 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 11844 /// AST enum value. 11845 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 11846 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 11847 switch (ivarVisibility) { 11848 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 11849 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 11850 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 11851 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 11852 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 11853 } 11854 } 11855 11856 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 11857 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 11858 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 11859 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11860 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 11861 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 11862 11863 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11864 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 11865 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11866 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11867 11868 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 11869 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 11870 11871 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11872 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11873 11874 if (BitWidth) { 11875 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 11876 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take(); 11877 if (!BitWidth) 11878 D.setInvalidType(); 11879 } else { 11880 // Not a bitfield. 11881 11882 // validate II. 11883 11884 } 11885 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 11886 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 11887 D.setInvalidType(); 11888 } 11889 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11890 // than a variably modified type. 11891 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11892 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 11893 D.setInvalidType(); 11894 } 11895 11896 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 11897 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 11898 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 11899 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 11900 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11901 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11902 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11903 return 0; 11904 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11905 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11906 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11907 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11908 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11909 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11910 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11911 } 11912 else 11913 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11914 } else { 11915 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11916 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11917 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11918 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11919 return 0; 11920 } 11921 } 11922 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11923 } 11924 11925 // Construct the decl. 11926 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11927 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11928 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11929 11930 if (II) { 11931 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11932 ForRedeclaration); 11933 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11934 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11936 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11937 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11938 } 11939 } 11940 11941 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11942 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11943 11944 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11945 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11946 11947 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11948 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11949 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11950 11951 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11952 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11953 11954 if (II) { 11955 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11956 // these to the interface. 11957 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11958 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11959 } 11960 11961 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11962 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11963 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11964 11965 return NewID; 11966 } 11967 11968 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11969 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11970 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11971 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11972 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11973 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11974 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11975 return; 11976 11977 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11978 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11979 11980 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11981 return; 11982 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11983 if (!ID) { 11984 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11985 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11986 return; 11987 } 11988 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11989 else 11990 return; 11991 } 11992 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11993 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11994 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11995 11996 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11997 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11998 Context.CharTy, 11999 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12000 DeclLoc), 12001 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12002 true); 12003 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12004 } 12005 12006 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12007 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12008 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12009 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12010 12011 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12012 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12013 // it will now change. 12014 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12015 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12016 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12017 default: break; 12018 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12019 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12020 break; 12021 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12022 Context. 12023 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12024 break; 12025 } 12026 } 12027 12028 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12029 12030 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12031 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12032 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12033 if (Record) { 12034 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12035 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12036 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12037 ++NumNamedMembers; 12038 } 12039 } 12040 12041 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12042 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12043 12044 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12045 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12046 i != end; ++i) { 12047 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12048 12049 // Get the type for the field. 12050 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12051 12052 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12053 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12054 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12055 } 12056 12057 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12058 // diagnostics about it. 12059 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12060 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12061 continue; 12062 } 12063 12064 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12065 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12066 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12067 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12068 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12069 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12070 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12071 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12072 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12073 // array. 12074 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12075 // Field declared as a function. 12076 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12077 << FD->getDeclName(); 12078 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12079 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12080 continue; 12081 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12082 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12083 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12084 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12085 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12086 // Flexible array member. 12087 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12088 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12089 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12090 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12091 if (Record->isUnion()) 12092 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12093 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12094 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12095 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12096 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12097 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12098 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12099 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12100 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12101 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12102 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12103 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12104 : 0; 12105 12106 if (DiagID) 12107 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12108 << Record->getTagKind(); 12109 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12110 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12111 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12112 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12113 // of the type. 12114 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12115 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12116 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12117 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12118 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12119 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12120 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12121 12122 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12123 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12124 // 12125 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12126 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12127 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12128 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12129 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12130 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12131 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12132 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12133 continue; 12134 } 12135 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12136 if (Record) 12137 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12138 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12139 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12140 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12141 // Incomplete type 12142 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12143 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12144 continue; 12145 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12146 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12147 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 12148 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 12149 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12150 } else { 12151 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12152 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12153 // structures. 12154 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12155 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12156 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12157 else { 12158 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12159 // other structs as an extension. 12160 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12161 << FD->getDeclName(); 12162 if (Record) 12163 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12164 } 12165 } 12166 } 12167 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12168 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12169 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12170 AbstractIvarType)) { 12171 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12172 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12173 } 12174 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12175 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12176 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12177 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12178 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12179 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12180 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12181 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12182 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12183 FD->setType(T); 12184 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12185 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12186 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12187 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12188 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12189 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12190 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12191 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12192 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12193 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12194 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12195 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12196 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12197 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12198 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12199 loc)); 12200 } 12201 } else { 12202 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12203 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12204 } 12205 ARCErrReported = true; 12206 } 12207 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12208 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12209 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12210 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12211 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12212 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12213 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12214 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12215 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12216 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12217 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12218 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12219 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12220 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12221 } 12222 } 12223 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12224 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12225 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12226 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12227 ++NumNamedMembers; 12228 } 12229 12230 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12231 if (Record) { 12232 bool Completed = false; 12233 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12234 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12235 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12236 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12237 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12238 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12239 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12240 12241 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12242 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12243 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12244 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12245 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12246 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12247 } 12248 12249 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12250 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12251 12252 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12253 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12254 // problem now. 12255 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12256 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12257 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12258 12259 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12260 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12261 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12262 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12263 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12264 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12265 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12266 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12267 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12268 continue; 12269 12270 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12271 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12272 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12273 // program is ill-formed. 12274 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12275 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12276 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12277 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12278 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12279 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12280 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12281 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12282 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12283 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12284 12285 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12286 } 12287 } 12288 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12289 Completed = true; 12290 } 12291 } 12292 } 12293 } 12294 12295 if (!Completed) 12296 Record->completeDefinition(); 12297 12298 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12299 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12300 12301 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12302 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12303 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12304 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12305 } 12306 12307 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12308 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12309 // compatibility problems. 12310 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12311 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12312 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12313 } else { 12314 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12315 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12316 CheckForZeroSize = 12317 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12318 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12319 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12320 } 12321 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12322 bool ZeroSize = true; 12323 bool IsEmpty = true; 12324 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12325 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12326 E = Record->field_end(); 12327 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12328 IsEmpty = false; 12329 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12330 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12331 ZeroSize = false; 12332 } else { 12333 ++NonBitFields; 12334 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12335 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12336 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12337 ZeroSize = false; 12338 } 12339 } 12340 12341 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12342 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12343 // extern "C" block. 12344 if (ZeroSize) { 12345 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12346 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12347 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12348 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12349 } 12350 12351 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12352 // but are accepted by GCC. 12353 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12354 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12355 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12356 << Record->isUnion(); 12357 } 12358 } 12359 } else { 12360 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12361 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12362 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12363 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12364 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12365 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12366 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12367 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12368 } 12369 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12370 // duplicates. 12371 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12372 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12373 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12374 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12375 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12376 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12377 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12378 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12379 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12380 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12381 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12382 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12383 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12384 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12385 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12386 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12387 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12388 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12389 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12390 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12391 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12392 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12393 if (IDecl) { 12394 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12395 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12396 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12397 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12398 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12399 continue; 12400 } 12401 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 12402 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12403 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12404 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12405 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12406 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12407 continue; 12408 } 12409 } 12410 } 12411 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12412 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12413 } 12414 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12415 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12416 } 12417 } 12418 12419 if (Attr) 12420 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12421 } 12422 12423 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12424 /// the given type T. 12425 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12426 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12427 QualType T) { 12428 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12429 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12430 12431 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12432 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12433 --BitWidth; 12434 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12435 } 12436 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12437 } 12438 12439 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12440 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12441 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12442 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12443 // enum checking below. 12444 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12445 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12446 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12447 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12448 }; 12449 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12450 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12451 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12452 }; 12453 12454 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12455 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12456 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12457 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12458 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12459 return Types[I]; 12460 12461 return QualType(); 12462 } 12463 12464 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12465 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12466 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12467 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12468 Expr *Val) { 12469 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12470 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12471 QualType EltTy; 12472 12473 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12474 Val = 0; 12475 12476 if (Val) 12477 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 12478 12479 if (Val) { 12480 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12481 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12482 else { 12483 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12484 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12485 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12486 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12487 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12488 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12489 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12490 ExprResult Converted = 12491 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12492 CCEK_Enumerator); 12493 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12494 Val = 0; 12495 else 12496 Val = Converted.take(); 12497 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12498 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12499 &EnumVal).take())) { 12500 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12501 } else { 12502 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12503 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12504 12505 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12506 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12507 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12508 // expression checking. 12509 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12510 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12511 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12512 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12513 } else 12514 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12515 } else 12516 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12517 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12518 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12519 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12520 // is the type of its initializing value: 12521 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12522 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12523 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12524 } else { 12525 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12526 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12527 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12528 // representable as an int. 12529 12530 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12531 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12532 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12533 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12534 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12535 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12536 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12537 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12538 } 12539 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12540 } 12541 } 12542 } 12543 } 12544 12545 if (!Val) { 12546 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12547 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12548 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12549 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12550 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12551 // is the type of its initializing value: 12552 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12553 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12554 // 12555 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12556 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12557 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12558 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12559 } 12560 else { 12561 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12562 } 12563 } else { 12564 // Assign the last value + 1. 12565 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12566 ++EnumVal; 12567 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12568 12569 // Check for overflow on increment. 12570 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12571 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12572 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12573 // is the type of its initializing value: 12574 // 12575 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12576 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12577 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12578 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12579 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12580 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12581 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12582 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12583 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12584 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12585 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12586 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12587 ++EnumVal; 12588 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12589 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12590 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12591 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12592 << EltTy; 12593 else 12594 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 12595 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12596 } else { 12597 EltTy = T; 12598 } 12599 12600 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12601 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12602 // value, then increment. 12603 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12604 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12605 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12606 ++EnumVal; 12607 12608 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12609 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12610 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12611 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12612 // integral type. 12613 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12614 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12615 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12616 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12617 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12618 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12619 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12620 } 12621 } 12622 } 12623 12624 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12625 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12626 // enumerator's type. 12627 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12628 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12629 } 12630 12631 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12632 Val, EnumVal); 12633 } 12634 12635 12636 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12637 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12638 AttributeList *Attr, 12639 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12640 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12641 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12642 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12643 12644 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12645 // we find one that is. 12646 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12647 12648 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12649 // scope. 12650 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12651 ForRedeclaration); 12652 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12653 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12654 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12655 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12656 PrevDecl = 0; 12657 } 12658 12659 if (PrevDecl) { 12660 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12661 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12662 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12663 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12664 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12665 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12666 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12667 else 12668 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12669 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12670 return 0; 12671 } 12672 } 12673 12674 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12675 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12676 // different from T: 12677 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12678 // enumerated type 12679 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12680 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12681 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12682 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12683 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12684 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12685 12686 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12687 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12688 12689 if (New) { 12690 // Process attributes. 12691 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12692 12693 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12694 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12695 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12696 } 12697 12698 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12699 12700 return New; 12701 } 12702 12703 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 12704 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 12705 // Element2 = Element1 12706 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 12707 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 12708 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 12709 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 12710 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 12711 if (!InitExpr) 12712 return true; 12713 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 12714 12715 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 12716 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 12717 return true; 12718 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 12719 if (!IL) 12720 return true; 12721 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 12722 return true; 12723 12724 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 12725 } 12726 12727 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 12728 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 12729 if (!DRE) 12730 return true; 12731 12732 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 12733 if (!EnumConstant) 12734 return true; 12735 12736 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 12737 Enum) 12738 return true; 12739 12740 return false; 12741 } 12742 12743 struct DupKey { 12744 int64_t val; 12745 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 12746 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 12747 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 12748 }; 12749 12750 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 12751 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 12752 false); 12753 } 12754 12755 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 12756 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 12757 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 12758 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 12759 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 12760 } 12761 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 12762 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 12763 LHS.val == RHS.val; 12764 } 12765 }; 12766 12767 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 12768 // a previous element has already been set to. 12769 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12770 EnumDecl *Enum, 12771 QualType EnumType) { 12772 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 12773 Enum->getLocation()) == 12774 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 12775 return; 12776 // Avoid anonymous enums 12777 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 12778 return; 12779 12780 // Only check for small enums. 12781 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 12782 return; 12783 12784 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 12785 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 12786 12787 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 12788 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 12789 ValueToVectorMap; 12790 12791 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 12792 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 12793 12794 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 12795 // an initialier. 12796 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12797 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12798 12799 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 12800 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 12801 if (!ECD) { 12802 return; 12803 } 12804 12805 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 12806 continue; 12807 12808 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12809 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12810 12811 // First time encountering this value. 12812 if (Entry.isNull()) 12813 Entry = ECD; 12814 } 12815 12816 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 12817 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12818 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12819 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 12820 continue; 12821 12822 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12823 12824 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12825 if (Entry.isNull()) 12826 continue; 12827 12828 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 12829 // Ensure constants are different. 12830 if (D == ECD) 12831 continue; 12832 12833 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 12834 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 12835 Vec->push_back(D); 12836 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12837 12838 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 12839 Entry = Vec; 12840 12841 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 12842 // diagnostics. 12843 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 12844 continue; 12845 } 12846 12847 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 12848 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 12849 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 12850 continue; 12851 12852 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12853 } 12854 12855 // Emit diagnostics. 12856 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 12857 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 12858 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 12859 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 12860 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 12861 12862 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 12863 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 12864 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 12865 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12866 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12867 ++I; 12868 12869 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 12870 // the same value. 12871 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 12872 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 12873 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12874 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12875 delete Vec; 12876 } 12877 } 12878 12879 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 12880 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 12881 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12882 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 12883 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 12884 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 12885 12886 if (Attr) 12887 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 12888 12889 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 12890 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12891 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12892 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12893 if (!ECD) continue; 12894 12895 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12896 } 12897 12898 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 12899 return; 12900 } 12901 12902 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 12903 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 12904 // emit a warning. 12905 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12906 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 12907 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 12908 12909 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 12910 // reverse the list. 12911 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 12912 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 12913 12914 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 12915 bool AllElementsInt = true; 12916 12917 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12918 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12919 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12920 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12921 12922 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12923 12924 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12925 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12926 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12927 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12928 else 12929 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12930 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12931 12932 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12933 if (AllElementsInt) 12934 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12935 } 12936 12937 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12938 QualType BestType; 12939 unsigned BestWidth; 12940 12941 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12942 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12943 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12944 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12945 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12946 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12947 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12948 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12949 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12950 QualType BestPromotionType; 12951 12952 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 12953 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12954 // enum definitions. 12955 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12956 Packed = true; 12957 12958 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12959 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12960 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12961 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12962 else 12963 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12964 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12965 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12966 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12967 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12968 } 12969 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12970 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12971 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12972 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12973 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12974 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12975 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12976 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12977 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12978 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12979 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12980 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12981 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12982 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12983 } else { 12984 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12985 12986 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12987 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12988 } else { 12989 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12990 12991 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12992 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 12993 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12994 } 12995 } 12996 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12997 } else { 12998 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12999 // all of the enumerator values. 13000 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13001 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13002 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13003 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13004 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13005 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13006 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13007 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13008 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13009 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13010 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13011 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13012 BestPromotionType 13013 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13014 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13015 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13016 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13017 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13018 BestPromotionType 13019 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13020 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13021 } else { 13022 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13023 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13024 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13025 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13026 BestPromotionType 13027 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13028 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13029 } 13030 } 13031 13032 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13033 // the type of the enum if needed. 13034 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13035 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13036 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13037 13038 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13039 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13040 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13041 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13042 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13043 13044 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13045 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13046 13047 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13048 // the enum decl type. 13049 QualType NewTy; 13050 unsigned NewWidth; 13051 bool NewSign; 13052 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13053 !Enum->isFixed() && 13054 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13055 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13056 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13057 NewSign = true; 13058 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13059 // Already the right type! 13060 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13061 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13062 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13063 // enumeration. 13064 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13065 continue; 13066 } else { 13067 NewTy = BestType; 13068 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13069 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13070 } 13071 13072 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13073 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13074 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13075 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13076 13077 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13078 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13079 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13080 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13081 CK_IntegralCast, 13082 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13083 /*base paths*/ 0, 13084 VK_RValue)); 13085 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13086 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13087 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13088 // enumeration. 13089 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13090 else 13091 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13092 } 13093 13094 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13095 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13096 13097 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13098 13099 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13100 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13101 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13102 } 13103 13104 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13105 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13106 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13107 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13108 13109 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13110 AsmString, StartLoc, 13111 EndLoc); 13112 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13113 return New; 13114 } 13115 13116 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13117 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13118 DeclContext *DC) { 13119 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13120 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13121 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13122 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13123 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13124 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13125 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13126 return; 13127 } 13128 break; 13129 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13130 break; 13131 } 13132 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13133 } 13134 13135 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13136 DC = DC->getParent(); 13137 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13138 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13139 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13140 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13141 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13142 << DC; 13143 } 13144 } 13145 13146 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13147 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13148 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13149 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 13150 Module::AllVisible, 13151 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13152 if (!Mod) 13153 return true; 13154 13155 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13156 13157 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13158 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13159 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13160 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13161 // We need the length to be consistent. 13162 if (!ModCheck) 13163 break; 13164 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13165 13166 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13167 } 13168 13169 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13170 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13171 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13172 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13173 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13174 return Import; 13175 } 13176 13177 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13178 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13179 13180 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13181 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13182 /*Complain=*/true); 13183 } 13184 13185 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 13186 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13187 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13188 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13189 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13190 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13191 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13192 13193 // Make the module visible. 13194 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13195 /*Complain=*/false); 13196 } 13197 13198 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13199 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13200 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13201 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13202 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13203 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13204 LookupOrdinaryName); 13205 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13206 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13207 13208 if (PrevDecl) 13209 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13210 else 13211 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13212 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13213 } 13214 13215 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13216 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13217 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13218 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13219 13220 if (PrevDecl) { 13221 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13222 } else { 13223 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13224 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13225 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 13226 } 13227 } 13228 13229 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13230 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13231 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13232 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13233 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13234 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13235 LookupOrdinaryName); 13236 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13237 13238 if (PrevDecl) { 13239 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13240 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13241 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13242 } else { 13243 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13244 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13245 } 13246 } 13247 13248 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13249 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13250 } 13251 13252 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13253 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13254 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13255 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13256 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13257 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13258 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13259 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13260 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13261 if (R != AR_Available) 13262 return R; 13263 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13264 } 13265 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13266 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13267 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13268 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13269 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13270 } 13271 return D->getAvailability(); 13272 } 13273